Sie sind auf Seite 1von 167

Oracle E-Business Suite

Release Content Document

Human Capital Management


Releases 12.1 and 12.2 (inclusive of
12.1.1 – 12.2.9)

Prepared by Oracle E-Business Suite Product Development

Last Updated: August 16, 2019

Copyright © 2011, 2019, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 1
Table of Contents

1. Disclaimer 19
2. Introduction 20
2.1. Purpose of Document 20
3. New and Changed Features in Human Capital Management 21
3.1. Oracle Advanced Benefits 21
3.1.1. Release 12.1.1 21
3.1.1.1.Enforce Minimum Coverage for Life Events with No Electable Choices 21
3.1.1.2.Restrict Display of Primary Care Provider 21
3.1.1.3.Enhanced Individual Contribution Distribution 21
3.1.2. Release 12.1.2 22
3.1.2.1.Use Default Enrollment to Reinstate Backed-Out Intervening Events 22
3.1.2.2.Carry Forward Certifications for Life Events Without Configured Coverage Restrictions 22
3.1.2.3.Recalculate Imputed Income When Enrollment is Unsuspended 22
3.1.2.4.Suppress HIPAA if Participant Gains Electability in Alternate Plan Type 22
3.1.3. Release 12.1.3 23
3.1.3.1.User Defined Criteria for Dependent Eligibility 23
3.1.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 23
3.1.4.1.View Rate History in Self-Service Benefits 23
3.1.4.2.Close Enrollment in Self-Service 23
3.1.4.3.Reopen Reinstated Enrollment 23
3.1.4.4.Deactivate Communication Type 23
3.1.4.5.Eligibility for Person Changes and Communication Types 23
3.1.4.6.All Ineligible Flag for Compensation Objects 24
3.1.4.7.Use Person Selection Rule for the Extract Process 24
3.1.4.8.Delete Unrestricted Enrollment 24
3.1.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 24
3.1.5.1.Enhanced Life Event Summary Report 24
3.1.5.2.Trigger Life Events from Person and Assignment Information Types 24
3.1.5.3.Control Ability to Designate Participant as Beneficiary 25
3.1.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 25
3.1.6.1.Show/Hide by Plan Type on Self-Service Selection Page 25
3.1.6.2.Exclude Dependents from System Extract 25
3.1.6.3.Limit Related Person Life Event Based on Loss of Coverage 25
3.1.6.4.Add Attachments During Self-Service Enrollment 25
3.1.6.5.Email Documents Generated from System Extract 25
3.1.6.6.Email Benefit Confirmation Statements 26
3.1.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 26
3.1.7.1.Self-Service Text for the Attachment Page 26
3.1.7.2.Updates to the Benefit Selection Page 26
3.1.7.3.Process Life Events from the View Person Life Event Form 26
3.1.7.4.Updates to the COBRA Letters 26
3.1.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 27
3.1.8.1.Generate 1095-Cs (US) 27
3.1.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 27
3.1.9.1.Electronic Filing of 1094C and 1095C (US) 27

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 2
3.1.9.2.Download 1095C Part II Details (US) 27
3.1.9.3.Schema Validation in the Archive Process (US) 27
3.1.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12 28
3.1.10.1.Select Output Directory for Benefits ACA Transmission Files (US) 28
3.1.10.2.Download 1095C Part III Details (US) 28
3.1.11. Release 12.2.6 28
3.1.11.1.Record Employee COBRA Healthcare Offer Details (US) 28
3.1.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12 28
3.1.12.1.View 1095C Statement in Self Service (US) 28
3.1.13. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13 28
3.1.13.1.Modify Attachment Prefix for Benefit Confirmation and Summary Report Email 28
3.1.13.2.Participation Process Reports Conversion to XML 28
3.2. Oracle Approvals Management 29
3.2.1. Release 12.1.1 29
3.2.1.1.Approval Deviations Report 29
3.2.2. Release 12.1.3 + 29
3.2.2.1.Mobile Approvals for Recruitment 29
3.2.2.2.Mobile Timecard Approvals 29
3.2.2.3.Mobile Approvals for Absences 29
3.2.2.4.Mobile Approvals for Enrollments and Subscriptions 29
3.2.2.5.Mobile Approvals for Person Status Change 29
3.3. Oracle Compensation Workbench 30
3.3.1. Release 12.1.1 30
3.3.1.1.Awards Based on Anniversary Date 30
3.3.1.2.Print Total Compensation Statements for Groups of Employees 30
3.3.1.3.Display the Worksheet Manager in the Switch To Manager Search Page 30
3.3.1.4.New Salary Proposal to be Explicitly Approved 30
3.3.1.5.Update Percentage of Eligible Salary in Employee Administration 31
3.3.1.6.View Performance Appraisal Details in Compensation Workbench 31
3.3.2. Release 12.1.2 31
3.3.2.1.Streamline the Promotions and Allocations Process with Enhanced Compensation Workbench Spreadsheet
Download/Upload Features 31
3.3.2.2.Display Market Salary Survey Data in Compensation Workbench 31
3.3.3. Release 12.1.3 32
3.3.3.1.Performance and Promotion History Pop-up Window in Worksheet 32
3.3.3.2.Post Zero Salary Increases 32
3.3.3.3.Control Period for Viewing Appraisals in Compensation Allocation Worksheet 32
3.3.3.4.Refresh Plan, Employee and Summary Data from Compensation Workbench Home Page 32
3.3.3.5.Ensure Employee’s New Salary is Within Grade Range 32
3.3.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4 33
3.3.4.1.Proposed Grade Range, Proposed Grade Midpoint, and Proposed Comparatio Now Available for Spreadsheet
Download33
3.3.4.2.Back Out Compensation Workbench Life Events Process for Single Person 33
3.3.4.3.Optionally Hide In-Progress Salary Increases in Employee History 33
3.3.4.4.Download Data Using Web ADI 33
3.3.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 33
3.3.5.1.Email Employee Compensation Statements 33
3.3.5.2.Email Total Compensation Statements 33
3.3.5.3.Back Out Compensation Workbench Postprocess 34
3.3.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 34
3.3.6.1.Download and Upload Allocation Worksheet Comments 34
3.3.6.2.Disable Drilldown Hyperlink in Online Total Compensation Statements 34
3.3.6.3.Display Position Title in Employee Total Compensation Statements 34
3.3.7. Release 12.2.4 35
3.3.7.1.Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Statements 35
3.3.7.2.Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Total Compensation Statements 35
3.4. Oracle Configuration Workbench for Human Capital Management 35
3.4.1. Release 12.1.1 35
3.4.1.1.Configurator for Person/Assignment Spreadsheet Loader 35

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 3
3.5. Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 35
3.5.1. Release 12.1.1 35
3.5.1.1.Knowledge Integration with ENWISEN 35
3.5.1.2.HR Help Desk 36
3.5.1.3.Access to Ex-Employee and Future-Dated Employee Records in User Based and Dynamic Security 36
3.5.1.4.Multi-Tenancy for Business Process Outsourcing Vendors 37
3.5.2. Release 12.1.2 37
3.5.2.1.Use Search Criteria to Query Records in the People Window 37
3.5.2.2.Ability to Change the Final Process Date when It is Set the Same as the Last Standard Process Date 37
3.5.3. Release 12.1.3 37
3.5.3.1.Enhanced Document of Records 37
3.5.3.2.Ability to Restrict Negative Balance in Absence 37
3.5.3.3.Additional Parameters in BG_ABSENCE_DURATION Fast Formula 37
3.5.3.4.Ability to Use Dynamic Approvals in a Checklist 38
3.5.3.5.Ability to View Criteria Set Associated to Grade Step 38
3.5.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 38
3.5.4.1.Approvals in Global Deployments 38
3.5.5. Release 12.2 38
3.5.5.1.Workflow Synchronization 38
3.5.5.2.Update Records with Future Person Changes 38
3.5.6. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12 39
3.5.6.1.Reallocate Donated Budget to a Recipient Position 39
3.5.6.2.Allocate Checklists and Tasks Process to Skip Errors 39
3.5.7. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13 39
3.5.7.1.Confirmation Email When Information Updated in Employee Self Service 39
3.5.7.2.Expanded Use of Eligibility and Life Events for Checklists 39
3.5.7.3.Synchronization of Person Email ID and FND User Email 40
3.6. Oracle Human Resources Command Center 40
3.6.1. Overview 40
3.6.2. Release 12.2.9+ 40
3.6.2.1.Workforce Explorer Dashboard 40
3.7. Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite 40
3.7.1. Overview 40
3.7.2. Mobile Release 4.0 – Client Version 1.0.0 41
3.7.2.1.Initial Release 41
3.7.2.2.Translation Support 42
3.7.2.3.Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates 42
3.7.3. Mobile Release 5.0 – Client Version 1.1.0 42
3.7.3.1.Edit Profile Page 42
3.7.3.2.Mobile Foundation Release 5.0 Updates 42
3.7.4. Mobile Release 6.0 – Client Version 1.2.0 42
3.7.4.1.Mobile Foundation Release 6.0 Updates 42
3.7.5. Mobile Release 7.0 – Client Version 1.3.0 42
3.6.5.1. Mobile Foundation Release 7.0 Updates 42
3.7.6. Mobile Release 8.0 – Client Version 1.4.3 43
3.7.6.1.Mobile Foundation Release 8.0 Updates 43
3.8. Oracle Human Resources Information Discovery 43
3.8.1. Overview 43
3.8.2. V5 43
3.8.2.1.Workforce Explorer 43
3.8.3. V8 44
3.8.3.1.Advanced Search Capabilities 44
3.9. Oracle HRMS (Australia) 44
3.9.1. Release 12.1.2 44
3.9.1.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 44
3.9.2. Release 12.1.3 44
3.9.2.1.Enable Retro Overlap for Australia 44
3.9.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 44
3.9.3.1.Australia Local Address Style and Upgrade 44

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 4
3.9.3.2.AU Year End Enhancements 44
3.9.3.3.AU Payroll Reconciliation Summary report in XL output 45
3.9.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 45
3.9.4.1.Multiple Payment Summary Amendment 45
3.9.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 45
3.9.5.1.Payslip Modeling 45
3.9.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 45
3.9.6.1.Update TFN from 111 111 111 for New Hires After 28 days 45
3.9.6.2.Warning for Payments Made After Death via Direct Payments 45
3.9.6.3.Payroll Dashboard 45
3.9.6.4.Email Payment Summary to Employee 46
3.9.6.5.Option to Limit Availability of Payment Summary in Self-Service 46
3.9.6.6.Tax Calculation Error Message for Negative Earnings 46
3.9.6.7.View Payslip Offset Days 46
3.9.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 46
3.9.7.1.View PDF Payslip in Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 46
3.9.7.2.SuperStream Defined Benefits 47
3.9.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 47
3.9.8.1.Payment Summary 47
3.9.8.2.Zero Accruals or Entitlements on Termination 47
3.9.8.3.Foreign Workers overpaid by Foreign Tax Amount 47
3.9.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11 47
3.9.9.1.Assignment Set for End of Year Reconciliation Reports 47
3.9.9.2.Payroll Dashboard Analytics Uptake 47
3.9.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12 48
3.9.10.1.Support for Single Touch Payroll 48
3.9.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 48
3.9.11.1.Payroll Tax Report by Legal Employer 48
3.10. Oracle HRMS (Canada) 48
3.10.1. Release 12.1.2 48
3.10.1.1.Use Retro Overlap Enabled for Canada Payroll 48
3.10.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 49
3.10.2.1.Canadian Cheque Writer (XML), Canadian Deposit Advice (XML) and Canadian Third Party Cheque
Writer (XML) 49
3.10.2.2.Payroll Exception Report 49
3.10.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 49
3.10.3.1.Payslip Modeler 49
3.10.3.2.Rehire Before Final Process Date 49
3.10.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 49
3.10.4.1.Payslip Modeler 49
3.10.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 50
3.10.5.1.Mid-Year Change to a Government Reporting Entity with Different Employment Insurance Rates 50
3.10.5.2.Enhanced Payroll Register 50
3.10.5.3.New Record of Employment Interface for ROE Web Version 2 50
3.10.5.4.Payroll Dashboard 50
3.10.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 50
3.10.6.1.Import File for Report on Hires 50
3.10.6.2.Ability to Generate an Amended ROE 50
3.10.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 51
3.10.7.1.Gross to Net Summary Report for Canadian Payroll 51
3.10.7.2.Amended Record of Employment (ROE) Worksheet 51
3.10.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11 51
3.10.8.1.Self-Service PDF Reports Review for I-frame 51
3.10.8.2.Enhanced Architecture for Tax Withholding Rules 51
3.10.8.3.New Workers Compensation Employee Detail Report 51
3.10.8.4.New Fields to Capture Additional Tax Credits in Employee Tax information 52
3.10.8.5.Generate Consolidated Record of Employment for Employees with Multiple Assignments 52
3.10.8.6.Document Delivery Preferences for Year End Slips 52
3.10.9. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 52

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 5
3.10.9.1.Bank Account Verification in SSHR 52
3.10.10. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10 52
3.10.10.1.Enhanced Costing Detail Report 52
3.10.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13 52
3.10.11.1.Federal and Provisional Tax Form Signup in Employee Self Service 52
3.11. Oracle HRMS (China) 53
3.11.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 53
3.11.1.1.CN PHF/SI Retro Changes 53
3.11.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 53
3.11.2.1.Rehire Before Final Close 53
3.11.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 53
3.11.3.1.View Payslip Offset Days 53
3.11.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 53
3.11.4.1.Access and View Payslip – PDF Version using SSHR 53
3.12. Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 54
3.12.1. Release 12.1.2 54
3.12.1.1.Use Balance Reporting Architecture 54
3.12.1.2.Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 54
3.12.1.3.View Magtape Output Window 54
3.12.1.4.View Absence Statistics Report 54
3.12.1.5.View Additional Labor Cost Report 54
3.12.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 54
3.12.2.1.E- Holiday Card 54
3.12.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 55
3.12.3.1.Loaders 55
3.12.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 55
3.12.4.1.Payroll Dashboard 55
3.12.5. Release 12.2.4 56
3.12.5.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 56
3.13. Oracle HRMS (Hong Kong) 56
3.13.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 56
3.13.1.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 56
3.13.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 56
3.13.2.1.View Payslip Offset Days 56
3.13.3. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 56
3.13.3.1.View Magtape Output from Payroll Process Results 56
3.13.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 57
3.13.4.1.Online PDF Payslip 57
3.13.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11 57
3.13.5.1.New Selection Criteria for IR56E Report 57
3.14. Oracle HRMS (India) 57
3.14.1. Release 12.1.1 57
3.14.1.1.Labor Welfare Fund Deduction 57
3.14.1.2.Oracle Discoverer End User Layer Support for India HRMS Payroll Information 57
3.14.1.3.User Interface to Submit Medical and Leave Travel Claims 58
3.14.1.4.Support Tax Year from March to April 58
3.14.2. Release 12.1.2 58
3.14.2.1.India Reconciliation of Electronic Funds Transfer Payments 58
3.14.3. Release 12.1.3 58
3.14.3.1.Capturing of LIC Policy Number in the Employee Tax Declaration 58
3.14.3.2.Voluntary Provident Fund Details in the Employee Tax Declaration 58
3.14.3.3.Enabled Payroll Exception Reporting 58
3.14.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 59
3.14.4.1.Full Support for Digital Signature in Form 16 and Form 12BA, and Other Changes 59
3.14.4.2.Full Support for India Public Sector Payroll 59
3.14.4.3.India Electronic Challan Cum Return (ECR)-2012 59
3.14.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 59
3.14.5.1.Payslip Modeling 59
3.14.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 60

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 6
3.14.6.1.Payroll Dashboard 60
3.14.6.2.Income from House Property Ceiling for Tax Exemptions 60
3.14.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 60
3.14.7.1.Contribute to the National Pension Scheme 60
3.14.7.2.Enable RetroPay Overlap 60
3.14.7.3.Access and View Payslip – PDF Version using SSHR 61
3.14.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 61
3.14.8.1.Bank IFSC Code Data Capture 61
3.14.8.2.Section 10 breakup in Payslip and SOE 61
3.14.8.3.Assignment Set Parameter Concurrent Programs 61
3.14.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11 61
3.14.9.1.New Concurrent Program for Generating Form 12BB Report 61
3.14.9.2.Supporting Multiple Landlord Details in House Rent Information 62
3.14.9.3.Supporting Electronic Challan Cum Return (ECR) version 2 62
3.14.9.4.Provident Fund Calculation for International Workers 62
3.14.9.5.Form16 and Form12BB from Employee Self Service 62
3.14.9.6.Password Protection for Form-16 & Form-12BB 63
3.14.9.7.Income Tax Proration to also use Projected Termination Date 63
3.14.9.8.Payroll wise Search in Tax Declaration Search Page 63
3.14.9.9.Password Protection for Payslip 63
3.14.9.10.Copy Previous Year Tax Declaration in Employee Self-Service 63
3.14.10. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 63
3.14.10.1.Submit and Verify Investment Proofs Using SSHR 63
3.14.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10 64
3.14.11.1.Income Tax Register report through Employee Self-Service 64
3.14.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12 64
3.14.12.1.Excel Report for Annual TDS Return Form 64
3.15. Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 64
3.15.1. Release 12.1.2 64
3.15.1.1.Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 64
3.15.1.2.Report Payroll Exception 64
3.15.1.3.Use Purge Process 64
3.15.1.4.Group Action Parameters 65
3.15.1.5.Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 65
3.15.1.6.View Cost Allocations 65
3.15.1.7.View Magtape Output Window 65
3.15.1.8.National Employment Survey (NES) Report 65
3.15.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 65
3.15.2.1.Enhanced RetroPay Support 65
3.15.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11 65
3.15.3.1.New Look-up RPN Report 65
3.15.3.2.IE Data Alignment Report. 66
3.15.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12 66
3.15.4.1.PAYE Modernization 66
3.15.5. Release 12.2.4 67
3.15.5.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 67
3.15.6. Release 12.2.5 67
3.15.6.1.Loaders 67
3.15.6.2.Online PDF Payslip 68
3.15.6.3.Payroll Dashboard 68
3.16. Oracle HRMS (Japan) 68
3.16.1. Release 12.1.2 68
3.16.1.1.Use Salary Payment Report in E-File 68
3.16.1.2.Receive Local Tax Data in E-File 68
3.16.1.3.Wage Ledger/Payment Deduction Report 68
3.16.1.4.Rehire Employees Before Final Processing Date 68
3.16.1.5.Workers Register Report 69
3.16.1.6.Employee Details Report 69
3.16.2. Release 12.1.3 69

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 7
3.16.2.1.Use Separation Certificate 69
3.16.2.2.Use Withholding Income Tax for Termination Income Report 69
3.16.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 69
3.16.3.1.View Payslip Offset Days 69
3.16.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 69
3.16.4.1.Support for My Number 69
3.16.5. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10 70
3.16.5.1.Salary Payment Report for E-file 70
3.16.5.2.Unemployment Insurance Report for E-file 70
3.17. Oracle HRMS (Korea) 70
3.17.1. Release 12.1.3 70
3.17.1.1.Rehire Before Final Close for Korea 70
3.17.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 70
3.17.2.1.KR XML Data Extract/Upload 70
3.17.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 70
3.17.3.1.KR YEA XML Data Extract 70
3.17.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 71
3.17.4.1.View Payslip Offset Days 71
3.17.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 71
3.17.5.1.Online PDF Payslip 71
3.18. Oracle HRMS (Kuwait) 71
3.18.1. Release 12.1.2 71
3.18.1.1.Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 71
3.18.1.2.View Magtape Output Window 71
3.18.1.3.Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 71
3.18.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 71
3.18.2.1.Payroll Dashboard 71
3.18.2.2.Online PDF Payslip 72
3.18.3. Release 12.2.4 72
3.18.3.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 72
3.18.4. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 72
3.18.4.1.Loaders 72
3.19. Oracle HRMS (Mexico) 73
3.19.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 73
3.19.1.1.Payroll Simulator 73
3.19.1.2.SS Archiver Reports (SUA extracts and SS Affiliation) 73
3.19.1.3.Rehire Before Final Process Date 73
3.19.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 73
3.19.2.1.New Integrated Daily Wage (IDW) Audit Report 73
3.19.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 73
3.19.3.1.Payroll Dashboard 73
3.19.3.2.QuickPay Archiver 74
3.19.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 74
3.19.4.1.Use CFDI XML Payroll Payslip Version 1.2 74
3.19.4.2.New Unit of Measure and Update (UMA) Support 74
3.19.4.3.Distrito Federal State Renamed to Ciudad de Mexico 74
3.20. Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 74
3.20.1. Release 12.1.2 74
3.20.1.1.Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 74
3.20.1.2.Use Payroll Exception Report 75
3.20.1.3.Group Action Parameter 75
3.20.1.4.View Cost Allocations 75
3.20.1.5.View Magtape Output Window 75
3.20.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 75
3.20.2.1.Labor Cost Arrangement (LCA) 75
3.20.2.2.Digital Sickness Reporting 75
3.20.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 76
3.20.3.1.Loaders 76
3.20.3.2.Payroll Dashboard 76

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 8
3.20.3.3.Online PDF Payslip 77
3.20.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 77
3.20.4.1.Contingent Worker 77
3.21. Oracle HRMS (New Zealand) 77
3.21.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 77
3.21.1.1.Rehire Before Final Close 77
3.21.1.2.Support for Upgrade to Single Latest Balance Table 77
3.21.1.3.Enter and Maintain PHF, SI and EA Information in HTML Pages 77
3.21.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 78
3.21.2.1.Online PDF Payslip 78
3.21.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12 78
3.21.3.1.Support of Payday Reporting 78
3.21.4. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 78
3.21.4.1.New Payroll Reconciliation Summary Report 78
3.21.4.2.Display Hours and Rate Information for Earnings 78
3.21.4.3.Report Using the New KiwiSaver Employment Details E-File 78
3.21.5. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10 79
3.21.5.1.Direct Credit (New Zealand) Excel Report 79
3.22. Oracle HRMS (Norway) 79
3.22.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 79
3.22.1.1.Payroll Dashboard 79
3.22.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 79
3.22.2.1.Loaders 79
3.22.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 80
3.22.3.1.Payslip for Terminated employees 80
3.22.4. Release 12.2.4 80
3.22.4.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 80
3.23. Oracle HRMS (Romania) 80
3.23.1. Release 12.2 80
3.23.1.1.Employee Identification 80
3.23.1.2.Employment 80
3.23.1.3.Organizations 80
3.23.2. Release 12.2.5 81
3.23.2.1.Employee Self-Service 81
3.24. Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia) 81
3.24.1. Release 12.1.2 81
3.24.1.1.Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 81
3.24.1.2.Display Balance Breakdown 81
3.24.1.3.View Magtape Output Window 81
3.24.1.4.Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 81
3.24.1.5.Purge Process 81
3.24.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 81
3.24.2.1.Online PDF Payslip 81
3.24.2.2.Payroll Dashboard 82
3.24.2.3.SI Calculations for Other Kuwait and United Arab Emirates Nationals 82
3.24.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 82
3.24.3.1.Acknowledgment Letter (Public Sector) 82
3.24.3.2.Position Control (Public Sector) 82
3.24.3.3.Promotion Eligibility (Public Sector) 82
3.24.3.4.Military Sector Absences 83
3.24.4. Release 12.2.4 83
3.24.4.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 83
3.24.4.2.Public Sector Changes 83
3.24.5. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 84
3.24.5.1.Loaders 84
3.25. Oracle HRMS (Singapore) 85
3.25.1. Release 12.1.2 85
3.25.1.1.Singapore IRAS Amendment Process 85
3.25.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 85

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 9
3.25.2.1.View Payslip Offset Days 85
3.25.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 85
3.25.3.1.Online PDF Payslip 85
3.25.3.2.Bank Swift Code Data Capture 86
3.25.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11 86
3.25.4.1.New format of Direct Deposit (Singapore IBG format) 86
3.25.4.2.Summary Totals for All Balances in Four End of Year Reports 86
3.25.5. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 86
3.25.5.1.View Magtape Output from Payroll Process Results 86
3.26. Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 86
3.26.1. Release 12.1.2 86
3.26.1.1.Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 86
3.26.1.2.Display Balance Breakdown 87
3.26.1.3.View Cost Allocations 87
3.26.1.4.View Magtape Output Window 87
3.26.1.5.Use EMP201 Report 87
3.26.1.6.Use Net to Gross Functionality 87
3.26.1.7.Run the Tax Year End Data Validation Report at any Time 87
3.26.2. Release 12.1.3 87
3.26.2.1.Payroll Exception Reporting 87
3.26.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 88
3.26.3.1.Tax Register Report (XML) 88
3.26.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 88
3.26.4.1.Online PDF Payslip 88
3.26.4.2.Tax Loaders 88
3.26.4.3.Payroll Dashboard 88
3.26.5. Release 12.2.4 89
3.26.5.1.View and Print Income Tax Certificates via Employee Self-Service 89
3.26.6. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 89
3.26.6.1.Payroll Simulator 89
3.27. Oracle HRMS (UAE) 89
3.27.1. Release 12.1.2 89
3.27.1.1.Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 89
3.27.1.2.View Magtape Output Window 90
3.27.1.3.Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 90
3.27.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 90
3.27.2.1.Payroll Dashboard 90
3.27.3. Release 12.2.4 90
3.27.3.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 90
3.27.4. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 90
3.27.4.1.Loaders 90
3.28. Oracle HRMS (UK) 91
3.28.1. Release 12.1.2 91
3.28.1.1.Upgrade Latest Balance Table 91
3.28.1.2.Partial Period Accruals 91
3.28.1.3.Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 91
3.28.1.4.View Cost Allocations 91
3.28.1.5.View Magtape Output Window 91
3.28.1.6.Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 91
3.28.1.7.Use the Keep in Touch Days Field 92
3.28.1.8.P6/P9 Output 92
3.28.1.9.View SOE Balances 92
3.28.2. Release 12.1.3 92
3.28.2.1.BI Publisher (eText) Reports 92
3.28.2.2.Start Of Year (SOY) Future Changes Validation check 92
3.28.2.3.Defaulting PAYE Aggregation for Secondary Assignments 92
3.28.2.4.School Workforce Census Reporting (Public Sector) 93
3.28.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4 93
3.28.3.1.New Manager SSHR Region to Record Evidence for Sickness Absence 93

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 10
3.28.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 93
3.28.4.1.Payroll Groups 93
3.28.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 94
3.28.5.1.Ability to Capture Disability Information in Self-Service 94
3.28.5.2.Payroll Dashboard 94
3.28.5.3.Online PDF Payslip 94
3.28.5.4.Payroll Simulator 94
3.28.5.5.EYU Reconciliation Report 94
3.28.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 95
3.28.6.1.Leaver’s Payroll 95
3.28.6.2.FPS Merging 95
3.28.6.3.GB Default Aggregation via SSHR 95
3.28.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 95
3.28.7.1.Employee Claims 95
3.28.7.2.RTI Processes – Debugging 95
3.28.7.3.Previous Employment P60s through Admin Search 96
3.28.7.4.Default Aggregation through SSHR 96
3.28.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11 96
3.28.8.1.EDI Decommissioning Support 96
3.28.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12 97
3.28.9.1.Reporting Name changes for Court Order Elements 97
3.28.9.2.P60 Reports – Statutory Address Changes 97
3.28.9.3.NI Category Update When Employee Reaches State Pension Age 98
3.28.10. Release 12.2 98
3.28.10.1.Element Register Report enabled 98
3.28.11. Release 12.2.4 98
3.28.11.1.Rehire Before Final Process Date 98
3.29. Oracle HRMS (US) 99
3.29.1. Release 12.1.2 99
3.29.1.1.Cash Management Integration with US Payroll for EFT (NACHA) Reconciliation 99
3.29.1.2.Select Custom Template When Printing Employee W-2’s 99
3.29.1.3.XML-Based Employer W-2 to be Filed With the State Report 99
3.29.2. Release 12.1.3 99
3.29.2.1.Produce Printable and Customizable Online Payslips 99
3.29.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 99
3.29.3.1.New XML-Based Third Party Check Writer Process 99
3.29.3.2.Override State Withholding Lines in Self-Service 99
3.29.3.3.New Override Check Date for Check Writer (XML) Report 100
3.29.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 100
3.29.4.1.Employees Can Now Model Their Paychecks Online 100
3.29.4.2.Employee W-2c Now Available Online 100
3.29.4.3.New XML-Based Employee W-2c PDF Report More Versatile and Robust 100
3.29.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 100
3.29.5.1.Support for Local Employer Taxes 100
3.29.5.2.Support for State Tax Levies 100
3.29.5.3.Payroll Dashboard 101
3.29.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 101
3.29.6.1.Support for Local Pre-tax Taxability Rules 101
3.29.6.2.Electronic Payments for State Tax Levies 101
3.29.6.3.Simplified Employee Tax Record Display 101
3.29.6.4.Streamlined W-2 and 1099-R Electronic Filing 101
3.29.6.5.Enhanced Payroll Dashboard 102
3.29.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 102
3.29.7.1.Vertex Address Validation Web Service 102
3.29.7.2.Advance Vacation Payments 102
3.29.7.3.1099-R Corrections Processing 102
3.29.7.4.Support All State Minimum Wage Rates 102
3.29.7.5.Produce Zero Net Payslip 102
3.29.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 103

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 11
3.29.8.1.Streamlined FIT Exemption from Wage Accumulation for Puerto Rico Employees 103
3.29.8.2.Comply with Additional Withholding Percentage of Puerto Rico Form 499 R-4.1 103
3.29.8.3.Employer Match Added to Pretax 401K Deferred Compensation Catch-up Provision 103
3.29.8.4.PSD Periodic Wage Listing Report Supports Multiple Transmitters 103
3.29.8.5.Automatic Formatting for Multiple Worksite Report 103
3.29.8.6.Archive Payroll Information for a Single Assignment 103
3.29.8.7.Enhanced Costing Detail Report 104
3.29.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11 104
3.29.9.1.Self-Service / Online Form 1099-R 104
3.29.9.2.Allow employees to opt for a paper or online W-2 104
3.29.9.3.Employees Can Select to Receive W-2 Form at Their Mailing Address 104
3.29.9.4.Control Display of Number of Online Employee W-2 Forms 104
3.29.9.5.Allow Employees to Electronically Opt-in for Online Payslip 104
3.29.9.6.Streamlined View of Online PDF Forms in Self-Service 105
3.29.9.7.View Employer Component for Workers Compensation in View Tax Balances 105
3.29.9.8.Enhanced Validate US Addresses using Vertex Web Services Process 105
3.29.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12 105
3.29.10.1.Search and Print 1099-R Information Returns via Self-Service 105
3.29.10.2.Compare Original and Corrects W-2 Information with the Employee W-2c Detail Report 105
3.29.10.3.Allow Employees to Identify Gender as Other than Male or Female 106
3.29.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8 106
3.29.11.1.Update State Tax Withholding Forms Online 106
3.29.11.2.Bank Account Verification in SSHR 106
3.29.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10 106
3.29.12.1.Generate Federal Employee W-4 Report 106
3.29.13. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12 106
3.29.13.1.Consolidate Third Party Check Payments 106
3.29.14. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13 107
3.29.14.1.Self-Service Access to Payslips and W-2 Forms to Ex-employees 107
3.30. Oracle iRecruitment 107
3.30.1. Release 12.1.1 107
3.30.1.1.Interview Management 107
3.30.1.2.Recruitment Communications 107
3.30.1.3.Employee Referrals 108
3.30.1.4.Notifications for New Job Applications and Application Status Changes 108
3.30.1.5.Enhanced Searches 108
3.30.1.6.Attachments in Vacancy and Offers 108
3.30.1.7.Dashboards for Hiring Manager and Recruiter 108
3.30.1.8.Reconsider Terminated Applications 109
3.30.1.9.Offer Withdrawal 109
3.30.2. Release 12.1.2 109
3.30.2.1.Create External User Accounts for Candidate Records Created by Managers and Recruiters 110
3.30.2.2.Use RSS Feeds Links when Searching for Jobs 110
3.30.2.3.Use Links in the Notifications to Navigate to iRecruitment Pages 110
3.30.2.4.View Interview iCalendar File (.ics) Attachments in Notifications 110
3.30.2.5.View Salary Amounts in the Corporate Currency 110
3.30.2.6.View Resume and Documents on iRecruitment Pages 110
3.30.2.7.Provide Comments when Withdrawing or Terminating Job Applications 111
3.30.2.8.Use Document Type Restriction for File Uploads 111
3.30.2.9.View Job Details and Candidate Details in Context Windows on iRecruitment Pages 111
3.30.2.10.Record Notes About Applicants 111
3.30.3. Release 12.1.3 111
3.30.3.1.Candidate Profile 111
3.30.3.2.Find Duplicates 112
3.30.3.3.HR-XML 2.5 Compliance for Job Board Posting 112
3.30.3.4.Salary Basis and/or Proposed Salary Fields Non-Mandatory 112
3.30.3.5.Dated Updates for Application Statuses 112
3.30.3.6.Offer-Related Changes for Employee Applicants 113
3.30.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4 113

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 12
3.30.4.1.View Application Details of a Hired Applicant 113
3.30.4.2.Initiate SSHR Applicant Hire Process from Offers 113
3.30.4.3.Dynamically Populate Vacancy and Application Status LOVs in iRecruitment 113
3.30.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 114
3.30.5.1.Access to Internal Job Site for Contingent Workers 114
3.30.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 114
3.30.6.1.Applicant Time Resume 114
3.30.6.2.Administer Assessment in Multiple Languages 114
3.30.6.3.View All Scheduled Interviews 114
3.30.6.4.Upload Offer Letters When Creating or Updating Offers 114
3.30.6.5.View Complete Interview Location Address Details 115
3.30.6.6.Control the Ability of Managers to Apply for Vacancies Created by Subordinate Employees in Their
Supervisor Hierarchy 115
3.30.6.7.Autocomplete Disabled for Certain Fields in iRecruitment 115
3.30.6.8.Enter Key Mapped with Go Button for Specific Fields in iRecruitment 115
3.30.6.9.Avoid Issues When Using DMZ Instance for iRecruitment 115
3.30.7. Release 12.2 115
3.30.7.1.Multiple Location Vacancy 115
3.31. Oracle iRecruitment Information Discovery 116
3.31.1. Overview 116
3.31.2. V4 116
3.31.2.1.Job Search for Candidates 116
3.31.3. V8 116
3.31.3.1.Advanced Search Capabilities 116
3.32. Oracle International HR and Payroll 117
3.32.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 117
3.32.1.1.Support for Payroll Archiver 117
3.32.1.2.Online Payslip 117
3.32.1.3.Rehire Before FPD 117
3.32.1.4.Direct Deposit 117
3.32.1.5.Support for Enhanced Retro Pay 117
3.32.1.6.Payroll Exception Report 117
3.32.1.7.View Balance Self-Service Page 117
3.33. Oracle Labor Distribution 118
3.33.1. Release 12.1.1 118
3.33.1.1.Integration with Award Distribution Functionality in Grants Accounting 118
3.33.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 118
3.33.2.1.Archive and Retrieval Processes for Pre-Gen Distribution Interface 118
3.33.3. Release 12.2.4 118
3.33.3.1.QuickPay Archiver Process for International HRMS Users 118
3.34. Oracle Learning Management 118
3.34.1. Release 12.1.1 119
3.34.1.1.Learners Can View Catalog Attachments 119
3.34.1.2.Free Text Question Type 119
3.34.1.3.Mandatory Enrollment 119
3.34.1.4.Course Evaluation 120
3.34.1.5.Reports for Certification, Forums and Chats 120
3.34.1.6.Learner Groups 120
3.34.1.7.Learner Basic Search Enhancements 121
3.34.2. Release 12.1.2 121
3.34.2.1.Electronic Signature 121
3.34.2.2.Administrator Access Control 121
3.34.2.3.Enhanced Learning Path Functionality 122
3.34.2.4.Automatic Calculation of End Date for Learner Competency 122
3.34.2.5.Reduced Number of Clicks in OLM Pages 122
3.34.3. Release 12.1.3 123
3.34.3.1.Pop-up Window on the Administrator Enrollments Page 123
3.34.3.2.Pop-up Window on the Administrator Catalog Page 123
3.34.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4 123

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 13
3.34.4.1.SCORM 2004 Compliance 123
3.34.4.2.Enhanced Certification Functionality 124
3.34.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 124
3.34.5.1.Enhanced Learner Access Using Eligibility Profiles 124
3.34.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 124
3.34.6.1.Automatic Certification Subscription 124
3.34.6.2.Integration with Oracle WebCenter Content 125
3.34.6.3.Automatic Update Competence When Manually Setting Certification Status 125
3.34.6.4.Course Pictures 125
3.34.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 126
3.34.7.1.Player Status Update 126
3.34.7.2.Revoke Administrator Access Control 126
3.34.7.3.Preventing Closing and Collapsing of the Outline in the Player 126
3.34.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 126
3.34.8.1.Enrollment End Date in the Past 126
3.34.9. Release 12.2.4 126
3.34.9.1.New Learner Interface 126
3.34.9.2.Catalog Item Picture 127
3.34.9.3.Ratings and Reviews 127
3.34.10. Release 12.2.6 127
3.34.10.1.Sessions Displayed on Class Details Page 127
3.34.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10 127
3.34.11.1.Overview panel in online test 127
3.34.11.2."Certification only" Classes 127
3.34.11.3.Subscribe to certification and enroll in classes 127
3.34.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12 128
3.34.12.1.Restrict e-learning in Certifications 128
3.34.13. Release 12.2.9 128
3.34.13.1.Optional Components in Certifications 128
3.35. Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite 128
3.35.1. Overview 128
3.35.2. Mobile Release 4.0 – Client Version 1.0.0 129
3.35.2.1.Initial Release 129
3.35.2.2.Translation Support 129
3.35.2.3.Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates 129
3.35.3. Mobile Release 5.0 – Client Version 1.1.0 129
3.35.3.1.Certification Until Date on Certifications Detail Page 129
3.35.3.2.Additional Information on Class Details 129
3.35.3.3.Warning for Class Overlap 130
3.35.3.4.Evaluate Course or Class 130
3.35.3.5.Mobile Foundation Release 5.0 Updates 130
3.35.4. Mobile Release 6.0 – Client Version 1.2.0 130
3.35.4.1.Mobile Foundation Release 6.0 Updates 130
3.35.5. Mobile Release 7.0 – Client Version 1.3.0 130
3.35.5.1.Ability to Reassign an Approval Notification 130
3.35.5.2.Mobile Foundation Release 7.0 Updates 130
3.35.6. Mobile Release 8.0 – Client Version 1.4.0 130
3.35.6.1.Mobile Foundation Release 8.0 Updates 130
3.36. Oracle Learning Management Information Discovery 131
3.36.1. Overview 131
3.36.2. V4 131
3.36.2.1.New Search and Browse 131
3.36.3. V8 131
3.36.3.1.Advanced Search Capabilities 131
3.37. Oracle Payroll 131
3.37.1. Release 12.1.1 131
3.37.1.1.Approval Mechanism for Manager Self-Service - Assignment Costing 131
3.37.1.2.Upgrade of Historical Costing Data to Support Subledger Accounting 132
3.37.2. Release 12.1.2 132

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 14
3.37.2.1.Purge Process for Pay Events Table 132
3.37.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 132
3.37.3.1.Quick RetroPay 132
3.37.3.2.Self-Service Batch Element Entry 132
3.37.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 132
3.37.4.1.Void Check Process 132
3.37.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 133
3.37.5.1.Payroll Dashboard 133
3.37.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 133
3.37.6.1.Auto-Populate Third Party Bank Information 133
3.37.6.2.Ability to Add Extra Payroll Period to Weekly or Biweekly Payroll Calendar 133
3.37.6.3.Costing of Payment Reports 133
3.37.6.4.Enhanced Payroll Dashboard 134
3.37.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9 134
3.37.7.1.Manage Assignment Set Using Web ADI 134
3.37.8. Release 12.2 134
3.37.8.1.Enhanced Retro Pay set as Default 134
3.37.9. Release 12.2.4 134
3.37.9.1.Create and Update Multiple Retro Assignments Using Web ADI Spreadsheet 134
3.37.10. Release 12.2.6 134
3.37.10.1.RetroPay Enhanced Results 134
3.37.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10 134
3.37.11.1.Manage Assignment Set Using Web ADI 134
3.37.11.2.COSTBAL parameter 135
3.37.11.3.Validation for rollback of Transfer to General Ledger 135
3.37.11.4.Costing Detail Report Generic 135
3.37.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12 135
3.37.12.1.Support for Date Picker and SQL based Value Sets in Employee Claims Self-Service Page 135
3.37.12.2.Run Balance Architecture Diagnostic Report to display Defined Balances missing Run Defined Balances
135
3.37.12.3.Third Party Prepayment Rollup 135
3.37.12.4.Costing of Payment Detail Report to display Check Numbers 135
3.37.12.5.Restrictions on use of COMMIT and ROLLBACK during Fast Formula execution in Payroll process136
3.37.12.6.Payroll Dashboard to display Offset Payroll periods 136
3.37.12.7.Assignment Costing Approvals to use HRSSA workflow 136
3.37.13. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13 136
3.37.13.1.Support PAYROLL_ACTION_ID and COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX_ID values beyond 9 Digits136
3.37.13.2.Transfer to GL Detail Report 136
3.37.13.3.New Generic Upgrade to populate Entry Process details with Tax Unit Details 136
3.37.13.4.Generate Run Balances – De-support of “All Balances” mode at Assignment level 137
3.38. Oracle Performance Management 137
3.38.1. Release 12.1.1 137
3.38.1.1.Mass Cascading of Objectives 137
3.38.1.2.Line of Sight of Objectives 137
3.38.1.3.Display Workforce Performance Management Appraisals in the Appraisals Function 137
3.38.1.4.Reference to Talent Management Replaced with Performance Management 138
3.38.1.5.Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style While Creating Objectives138
3.38.1.6.Display Competency and Objectives Scores on Workflow Notification Page 138
3.38.1.7.Changes to Reject Option in Notifications 138
3.38.1.8.Enhance Capability of HR Administrator Function 138
3.38.1.9.Process for Managing Completed Performance Management Plans 139
3.38.2. Release 12.1.2 139
3.38.2.1.Use Eligibility Criteria to Define Plan Population 139
3.38.2.2.Use Performance Journal 139
3.38.3. Release 12.1.3 139
3.38.3.1.Manage Appraisals of Terminated Workers 139
3.38.3.2.Other Changes to the Appraisals Function 140
3.38.3.3.Editable Pop-up for Quick Updates to Objectives 140
3.38.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 140

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 15
3.38.4.1.Performance Administrator enhancements 140
3.38.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 141
3.38.5.1.Perform Mass Change of Appraisers 141
3.38.5.2.Use Configurable Print Options to Print Appraisals 141
3.38.5.3.Use New Questionnaire Administration Feature 141
3.38.6. Release 12.2 142
3.38.6.1.Use Star Ratings to Rate Performance and Proficiency Levels 142
3.39. Oracle Person Data Removal Tool 142
3.39.1. Release 12.1.3 + 142
3.39.1.1.Initial Release 142
3.40. Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 142
3.40.1. Release 12.1.1 143
3.40.1.1.Adjusted Service Date 143
3.40.1.2.Grade Step and Point Changes 143
3.40.1.3.Leave Accrual Information Based on Effective Date 143
3.40.1.4.Secured Access for Workflow Administrators Using Security Profiles 143
3.40.1.5.Succession Planning 143
3.40.2. Release 12.1.1+ 144
3.40.2.1.Employee Talent Profile 144
3.40.3. Release 12.1.2 144
3.40.3.1.Hire Employee Applicant into New Assignments 144
3.40.3.2.Rehire Former Employees 144
3.40.3.3.View Oracle Self-Service Attachments in Oracle HRMS 144
3.40.3.4.Terminate Secondary Assignments 145
3.40.3.5.Use Context Sensitive EITs 145
3.40.3.6.View Employee Information in Pop-up Windows 145
3.40.4. Release 12.1.3 145
3.40.4.1.Hire Employee Applicants and Replace or Merge Applicant Assignment with Primary Assignment 145
3.40.4.2.Reverse Termination 145
3.40.4.3.Voluntary Termination 146
3.40.4.4.Transaction Details in FYI Notifications 146
3.40.4.5.View Entitlement Balances in Notifications 146
3.40.4.6.Restrict Absence Type LOV 147
3.40.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 147
3.40.5.1.Support for Parallel Approvals in SSHR 147
3.40.5.2.Organization Chart 147
3.40.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 148
3.40.6.1.Launch Actions from Side Navigator in Organization Chart or Talent Profile 148
3.40.6.2.Control the Display of Effective Date, Review, and Confirmation Pages 148
3.40.6.3.Use Quick Termination and Change Hours Processes 148
3.40.6.4.Current Effective Date Appears on Initial Page 148
3.40.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 148
3.40.7.1.SSHR Transaction Monitor 148
3.40.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 149
3.40.8.1.Assignment-Level Hierarchy Support in Talent Profile and Organization Chart 149
3.40.9. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12 149
3.40.9.1.Ability to Hire Contact 149
3.40.9.2.ICalendar integration for Absences 149
3.40.10. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13 149
3.40.10.1.Delete or Modify Started LOA 149
3.41. Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite 149
3.41.1. Overview 149
3.41.2. Mobile Release 5.0 – Client Version 1.0.0 150
3.41.2.1.Initial Release 150
3.41.2.2.Mobile Foundation Release 5.0 Updates 150
3.41.3. Mobile Release 6.0 - Client Version 1.1.0 150
3.41.3.1.Update Assignment Details 150
3.41.3.2.View Federal and State W-4 tax forms 151
3.41.3.3.Mobile Foundation Release 6.0 Updates 151

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 16
3.41.4. Mobile Release 7.0 - Client Version 1.2.0 151
3.41.4.1.Update Supervisor 151
3.41.4.2.Update Salary 151
3.41.4.3.Add or Update Address 151
3.41.4.4.Paycheck Simulator 151
3.41.4.5.View W-2 tax forms 151
3.41.4.6.Mobile Foundation Release 7.0 Updates 151
3.41.5. Mobile Release 8.0 – Client Version V 1.3.0 151
3.41.5.1.Document of Records 151
3.41.5.2.View Benefits 152
3.41.5.3.View Form-16 and Form 12BB 152
3.41.5.4.View T4, T4A, RL1 and RL2 Slips 152
3.41.5.5.Payment Methods 152
3.41.5.6.Mobile Foundation Release 8.0 Updates 152
3.42. Oracle Succession Planning 152
3.42.1. Release 12.1.2 152
3.42.1.1.Succession Plans 152
3.42.1.2.Suitability Matching 153
3.42.1.3.Talent Profile Comparison Report 153
3.42.1.4.Update Succession Plan EIT for Workers 153
3.42.1.5.Create Succession Plans for Contingent Workers 153
3.42.1.6.View Talent Profile of Workers from Succession Planning Page 153
3.42.1.7.View Succession Plans of Former Employees 153
3.42.1.8.View Employee Information in Popup Windows 153
3.42.2. Release 12.1.3 154
3.42.2.1.Usability Changes in Succession Planning 154
3.42.3. Release 12.1.3+ 154
3.42.3.1.Enhanced Succession Planning 154
3.42.3.2.Succession Planning Portals for Talent Managers and HR Professionals 154
3.42.3.3.Succession Analytics 154
3.42.3.4.View Succession Hierarchy 155
3.42.3.5.Succession Plan Administration 155
3.42.4. Release 12.2.5 155
3.42.4.1.Configurable Talent Matrix 155
3.42.5. Release R12.1 HRMS RUP10 156
3.42.5.1.Talent Matrix Integration 156
3.43. Oracle Time and Labor 156
3.43.1. Release 12.1.1 156
3.43.1.1.Blank Timecard Rows Retained when Saving Timecard 156
3.43.1.2.Define Number of Timesheet Line Rows to Pre-Populate 156
3.43.1.3.Summarize Regular/Overtime Hours Separately 157
3.43.1.4.Supervisor Report to Identify Missing Timesheets 157
3.43.1.5.Supervisor List of Timesheets Expected and Status Online 157
3.43.1.6.Use the Audit Change Report to Identify Changes Made to Timesheets 157
3.43.1.7.Audit Trail on Time Cards 157
3.43.1.8.Display Last Person Who Updated Timesheet 157
3.43.1.9.Changes in Core HR and OTL to Support Services Procurement 157
3.43.1.10.Multiple Alias Support in Notification Layout 158
3.43.1.11.Oracle Time and Labor User Interface Enhancements 158
3.43.1.12.Disabled Text Field Enhancement 158
3.43.1.13.Enhancement to Preference Eligibility Criteria (Responsibility-Based Preference) 159
3.43.2. Release 12.1.2 159
3.43.2.1.OTL Time Card integration with HR Absences 159
3.43.3. Release 12.1.3 159
3.43.3.1.Time Card Retrieval Dashboard 159
3.43.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 159
3.43.4.1.Rollback Transfer Time from OTL to Batch Element Entry Process. 159
3.43.4.2.Retrieval Dashboard Changes 160
3.43.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 160

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 17
3.43.5.1.Enhanced Timecard Status Dashboard 160
3.43.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 160
3.43.6.1.Self-Service Additional Details 160
3.43.6.2.Assignment Time Information 160
3.43.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 160
3.43.7.1.Time Entry Detail Report 160
3.43.7.2.OTLR Timecard Integration with HR Absences 161
3.43.7.3.Day of the Week Rule 161
3.43.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10 161
3.43.8.1.Adjustment of Overtime – Payroll period incompatibility with Time card period 161
3.43.9. Release 12.2 161
3.43.9.1.New Projects Layouts for Actual Costing 161
3.43.9.2.Attachments in Timecards 161
3.43.9.3.Checkbox to Confirm Time Entry Accuracy 161
3.43.10. Release 12.2.5 162
3.43.10.1.Concurrent Run of Transfer Time for OTL to BEE 162
3.43.11. Release 12.2.6 162
3.43.11.1.Credit Overtime as Absence Accrual 162
3.43.11.2.New Calendar View of Timecards 162
3.43.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10 162
3.43.12.1.Line Manager Time Entry for Terminated Employees 162
3.43.12.2.Timekeeper Groups by Supervisor 162
3.43.13. Release 12.2.7 162
3.43.13.1.Enabling OTLR for Project Payroll Integration 163
3.43.14. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12 163
3.43.14.1.Additional parameter of 'Assignment set' in Transfer Time from OTL to BEE 163
3.43.14.2.Retrieval Dashboard and Timecard Status Dashboard- Export to all formats 163
3.43.14.3.Option to set Timecard Lock Expiry 163
3.43.14.4.Retrieval Dashboard - List Missing timecards 163
3.43.14.5.Projects Time cards - Rollback/Reconciliation 163
3.43.14.6.Auto Generate Time cards based on templates 164
3.43.15. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13 164
3.43.15.1.Enhanced Retrieval Dashboard 164
3.43.15.2.Time Entry Upload 164
3.44. Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 164
3.44.1. Overview 164
3.44.2. Mobile Release 1.0 – Client Version 1.0.0 165
3.44.2.1.Initial Release 165
3.44.3. Mobile Release 2.1 – Client Version 1.1.0 165
3.44.3.1.Mobile Foundation Release 2.1 Updates 165
3.44.4. Mobile Release 3.0 – Client Version 1.2.0 165
3.44.4.1.Mobile Foundation Release 3.0 Updates 165
3.44.5. Mobile Release 4.0 – Client Version 1.3.0 165
3.44.5.1.Repeat time entry 165
3.44.5.2.Timecard comments 166
3.44.5.3.Layout Enhancement 166
3.44.5.4.Translation Support 166
3.44.5.5.Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates 166
3.44.6. Mobile Release 5.0 - Client Version 1.4.0 166
3.44.6.1.Mobile Foundation Release 5.0 Updates 166
3.44.7. Mobile Release 6.0 – Client Version 1.5.0 166
3.44.7.1.Mobile Foundation Release 6.0 Updates 166
3.44.8. Mobile Release 7.0 – Client Version 1.6.0 166
3.44.8.1.Time Entry Comments 166
3.44.8.2.Mobile Foundation Release 7.0 Updates 167
3.44.9. Mobile Release 8.0 – Client Version V.1.7.0 167
3.44.9.1.3.48.8.1 Copy timecards 167
3.44.9.2.Mobile Foundation Release 8.0 Updates 167

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 18
1. Disclaimer
This Release Content Document (RCD) describes product features that are proposed for
the specified releases of the Oracle E-Business Suite. This document describes new or
changed functionality only. Existing functionality from prior releases is not described. It
is intended solely to help you assess the business benefits of upgrading to the specified
release of the Oracle E-Business Suite.
This document in any form, software or printed matter, contains proprietary information
that is the exclusive property of Oracle. Your access to and use of this confidential
material is subject to the terms and conditions of your Oracle Software License and
Service Agreement, which has been executed and with which you agree to comply. This
document and information contained herein may not be disclosed, copied, reproduced or
distributed to anyone outside Oracle without prior written consent of Oracle. This
document is not part of your license agreement nor can it be incorporated into any
contractual agreement with Oracle or its subsidiaries or affiliates.
This document is for informational purposes only and is intended solely to assist you in
planning for the implementation and upgrade of the product features described. It is not a
commitment to deliver any material, code, or functionality, and should not be relied upon
in making purchasing decisions. The development, release, and timing of any features or
functionality described in this document remains at the sole discretion of Oracle.
Due to the nature of the product architecture, it may not be possible to safely include all
features described in this document without risking significant destabilization of the code.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 19
2. Introduction

2.1. Purpose of Document


This Release Content Document (RCD) communicates information about new or changed
functionality introduced in Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2, and in
subsequent Release Update Packs (RUPs) and off-cycle patches.
The features and enhancements described in this document are grouped by product, and
then by the release in which they first became available, for example, Release 12.1.1.
Features released in an off-cycle patch have a special designation – for example, a feature
released after 12.1.1, but before 12.1.2, is designated as Release 12.1.1+.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 20
3. New and Changed Features in Human Capital
Management

3.1. Oracle Advanced Benefits

3.1.1. Release 12.1.1

3.1.1.1. Enforce Minimum Coverage for Life Events with No Electable Choices
Situations occur in which due either to data issues or to configuration issues, where a
participant is found ineligible for something in which they are currently enrolled. The
participant loses coverage and is not allowed to make elections for the event.
To detect and handle these cases, the application is enhanced to perform the following:
• Identify whether the minimum enrollment for the Plan Type in Program should
be checked for a business group when an event is processed and the person
cannot make elections.
• When an event is processed that does not allow the person to make elections,
check whether the person has lost coverage.
• If the person lost coverage and is still eligible for the Plan Type in Program that
they were enrolled in, check whether a person still meets the Plan Type in
Program minimum limitation requirements.
• Generate an error if the requirements are not met so that the person does not lose
coverage and the eligibility issues can be resolved.

3.1.1.2. Restrict Display of Primary Care Provider


Prior to this release, the Plan Primary Care Provider (PCP) setup controlled the display of
primary care providers. This enhancement enables you to configure, based on life events,
whether the Primary Care Provider page in Self-Service Benefits should be displayed. A
new field called Show Primary Care Provider is available on the Life Event Reasons
form. This new feature provides enables you to accept the PCP information only during
the annual or initial enrollments, and to allow the medical carrier to maintain the PCP
information thereafter.

3.1.1.3. Enhanced Individual Contribution Distribution


The Individual Compensation Distribution (ICD) module has been enhanced for
Managers and Compensation Administrators. Line managers can now:
• Enter multiple input values associated with an element in a compensation plan.
Within ICD, you can use the whole list or a partial list of defined input values
associated with an element. You can rename input values for display in Self-
Service You can also override the sequencing and updateability of input values
within ICD.
• Award multiple compensations of the same or different types to an employee
within a single transaction on the same or different dates.
• Update and delete active and future compensations (for example, to change the
amount, change the dates, or delete the award).

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 21
• Indicate a distribution end date for a recurring compensation within the same
transaction in which it is awarded.
With regard to ICD plans, administrators can now:
• Configure validation on input values based on Value Sets, Data Types,
Minimum, Maximum, and Default, Lookups and Fast Formula.
• Configure element entry flexfields to capture compensation-related information
for an employee. For example, justification for the compensation can now be
configured as a flexfield, captured during the transaction and stored as part of the
employee element entries.
• Default input values as fixed values or by using a fast formula.
• Search employees and update or delete awards.
• View, update, and delete element entries that did not originate in ICD.
• Configure action items for compensation plans. This will put a person’s
compensation on hold until the action item is provided.

3.1.2. Release 12.1.2

3.1.2.1. Use Default Enrollment to Reinstate Backed-Out Intervening Events


Benefits administrators can now use the reinstatement code Reinstate Unless New
Explicit Elections Exist to reinstate elections made for a backed-out event, unless explicit
elections have been made within the plan type for an intervening event.

3.1.2.2. Carry Forward Certifications for Life Events Without Configured


Coverage Restrictions
Using the new system profile BEN: Carry Forward Certification, benefits administrators
can carry forward interim and suspended coverage that was created due to coverage
restriction for a life event when subsequent life events do not have coverage restrictions.

3.1.2.3. Recalculate Imputed Income When Enrollment is Unsuspended


This enhancement enables benefits administrators to recalculate the imputed income rate
as of when coverage subject to imputed income becomes unsuspended and changes due
to receipt of certification.

3.1.2.4. Suppress HIPAA if Participant Gains Electability in Alternate Plan Type


There may be multiple plan types within a program that have plans subject to HIPAA. If
a person is dropped from a plan that is subject to HIPAA but continues in a different plan
that is also subject to HIPAA, a new HIPAA communication is not required. This
enhancement enables benefits administrators to suppress the communication trigger type
Participant Deenrollment – HIPAA if a participant is dropped from coverage in a plan
subject to HIPAA but gains electability to others plans subject to HIPAA within a
different plan type in the same program.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 22
3.1.3. Release 12.1.3

3.1.3.1. User Defined Criteria for Dependent Eligibility


The current person-related criteria available for dependent eligibility include the statuses
Disabled, Marital, Military, and Student. User-defined criteria available for participant
profiles enable an expanded choice of criteria, including descriptive flexfields. With this
enhancement, benefits administrators can define dependent eligibility based on an
expanded choice of criteria from PER_ALL_PEOPLE_F such as Tobacco Use, Benefits
Group, or a descriptive flexfield.

3.1.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.1.4.1. View Rate History in Self-Service Benefits


With this enhancement, participants can view all of the rate values associated with an
enrollment result in Self-Service Benefits. Rates may change over the span of a single
coverage period. Now, participants can view costs over the entire timespan of coverage .

3.1.4.2. Close Enrollment in Self-Service


Prior to this enhancement, when a life event is set to close when elections are made, the
event will not close when the elections are made in Self-Service Benefits until the Close
Enrollment concurrent process is run. Now benefits administrators can allow participants
to close such enrollments in Self-Service Benefits. Once a life event is closed, the
participants can then make elections and proceed with a subsequent or previously backed-
out life event without intervention from the back office.

3.1.4.3. Reopen Reinstated Enrollment


A benefits administrator can now decide whether reinstated enrollments should be
automatically closed or whether an enrollment opportunity should be reopened to allow
participants to confirm or update the reinstated results. Before this enhancement, if the
reinstated results needed to be changed, the life event had to be manually reopened. Now
it is possible to allow participants to use Self-Service Benefits to make any adjustments to
the backed out enrollment without back office intervention.

3.1.4.4. Deactivate Communication Type


Prior to this release users could not end a communication type that was no longer being
offered. Now users can deactivate a communication type that is no longer in use to stop it
from triggering on a person’s record.
The flag is date-tracked and easily viewable. The benefits professional can see when a
communication is no longer being provided and can reactivate the communication type if
it is needed at a later date.

3.1.4.5. Eligibility for Person Changes and Communication Types


In addition to defining a life event based on a person change, benefits administrators can
attach eligibility profiles so that static data associated with the person can be considered
when determining whether a life event should be detected.
Also, eligibility profiles can be associated with a communication type, adding additional
criteria to the trigger and usage definitions to determine whether the person should be

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 23
receiving a communication type. This reduces the unnecessary detection of life events
and communication types.

3.1.4.6. All Ineligible Flag for Compensation Objects


Now when a compensation object is no longer being offered, benefits administrators can
flag the object to be discontinued. When the participation process is run, it will find all
persons ineligible, causing existing enrollees to be de-enrolled and prohibiting any ability
to enroll.
Prior to this enhancement, benefits administrators had to create an eligibility profile with
artificial criteria to find all possible participants ineligible. This required the administrator
to continue to monitor and maintain eligibility due to the possibility of a person actually
meeting the artificial profile criteria. The flag is also clearly visible and date-tracked,
allowing the benefits professional to quickly see whether a compensation object is
currently discontinued.

3.1.4.7. Use Person Selection Rule for the Extract Process


This feature adds Person Selection Rule as an optional parameter for running a system
extract. This allows users to collect data for a subset of the original population on an ad
hoc basis without having to modify the selection criteria in the extract definition or create
copies.

3.1.4.8. Delete Unrestricted Enrollment


Prior to this enhancement, once an unrestricted life event (Oracle Standard Benefits) had
been detected and started for a person, there was no process for removing the life event
and any associated benefit enrollment data. If an unrestricted enrollment was made for as
of an original hire date, but that date needed to be moved forward in time, this could not
be done because it would result in benefit information starting on a date prior to the start
date of the person’s record in the system. Now a concurrent process can be added to a
responsibility’s request group to enable the user to remove all of the data associated with
an unrestricted enrollment for a person.

3.1.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.1.5.1. Enhanced Life Event Summary Report


A new module is added to the Life Event Summary report to provide details about life
events in Detected and Unprocessed statuses. This gives benefits administrators more
information regarding what life events exist during the specified time period and who
may have unprocessed life events that that may need to be addressed before later life
events, such as open enrollment, can be processed.

3.1.5.2. Trigger Life Events from Person and Assignment Information Types
With this release, benefits administrators can define Person changes based on the creation
of or a change to a Person or Assignment Extra Information Type. This enhancement
provides additional sources for detecting life events and opening enrollment
opportunities.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 24
3.1.5.3. Control Ability to Designate Participant as Beneficiary
Plan requirements may prohibit participants from designating themselves as beneficiaries.
With this release, the beneficiary designations can be configured to exclude the
participant as a potential plan beneficiary.

3.1.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.1.6.1. Show/Hide by Plan Type on Self-Service Selection Page


With this enhancement, participants can hide the electable choices within a plan type.
This allows participants to restrict the view to only those plan types for which they intend
to make elections and minimize the need to scroll through the window.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.1.6.2. Exclude Dependents from System Extract


Before this enhancement, even if a participant is excluded from an extract based on the
person type usage, dependents were not excluded when special handling was used. The
new person selection criterion Participant’s Person Type Usage allows dependents to be
selected or excluded based on the person type of the associated participant.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.1.6.3. Limit Related Person Life Event Based on Loss of Coverage


The new System Profile BEN: Check Related Person now allows benefits administrators
to limit the detection of life events for related persons to only those contacts who have
lost coverage due to ineligibility or change in contact relationship. This limits the
detection and processing of unnecessary life events.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.1.6.4. Add Attachments During Self-Service Enrollment


A new page has been added to Self-Service Benefits that provides participants with
information regarding documents or certifications needed to complete the enrollment.
Participants can upload such documentation. Benefits administrators can then view the
attachments associated with the life event and complete the action items.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.1.6.5. Email Documents Generated from System Extract


Using System Extract, benefits administrators can generate XML notices and reminders
for individuals. Until this release, there was no automatic way to deliver the
communications. New parameters have been added to the Extract process and the Extract
Write process so that administrators can select whether the extract results should be sent
via email to the recipient, and can enter the From and Reply To email addresses. The
email server details are defined through two system profiles:
• FND: SMPT Host
• FND:SMPT Port
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 25
3.1.6.6. Email Benefit Confirmation Statements
With this release, the new concurrent process Ben Confirmation Summary and Email
enables benefits administrators to email the delivered confirmation statement to
participants. Additionally, the administrator can include a subject line, From address, and
Reply To address.
The email server details are defined in two system profiles:
• FND: SMPT Host
• FND:SMPT Port
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.1.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.1.7.1. Self-Service Text for the Attachment Page


Benefits administrators can now add instructions in the form of self-service text
communication types to the Attachment page in Self-Service Benefits. Text can be added
for
• the overall attachment content
• the person attachment content
• the dependent attachment content
• the beneficiary attachment content
Participants can now be given additional information about and instructions for loading
attachments for certifications required as part of the enrollment.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.1.7.2. Updates to the Benefit Selection Page


With this release, benefits administrators can elect to use an updated benefit selection
page within their Self-Service Benefits train. With this new page, additional information
such as coverage start date and a popup with certification type and due dates are
available. The expand and collapse feature enables users to control what compensation
offerings are displayed, so that they can focus on items of interest.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.1.7.3. Process Life Events from the View Person Life Event Form
Administrators can now process life events and view or enter a life event on the Potential
Life Event tab of the View Person Life Event form using the new Process Life Event
button. Existing rules such as the processing of the earliest occurring unprocessed events,
collision evaluation, collapsing logic, and timeliness still apply.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.1.7.4. Updates to the COBRA Letters


The COBRA Initial Notification and COBRA Enrollment letters have been updated to
include recommended text about the option to use the healthcare exchanges under the
Affordable Care Act.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 26
3.1.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.1.8.1. Generate 1095-Cs (US)


This release includes the ability to generate the 1095-C reports required by the US
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) under the Employer Shared Responsibility requirement of
the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA). Functionality includes:
• Concurrent processes to archive and purge report data
• Ability to view individual archive results
• Concurrent process to print or generate XML file
• Ability to print and re-archive on the individual or employer level
• Multithread processing
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.1.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.1.9.1. Electronic Filing of 1094C and 1095C (US)


This release includes the ability to create the XML manifest and form files for
transmitters and issuers to transmit 1094Cs and 1095Cs to the IRS.
Customers can also identify corrections and generate Correction or Replacement files as
needed. An XML error file returned by the IRS can be associated with the transaction
and uploaded to be used to by new the concurrent process “Benefits ACA Process Error
Data XML” to mark the records within the Archive that need correction and
resubmission. A new report lists the flagged records and the error for resolution.
Records that have been self-identified as requiring correction can be flagged manually for
inclusion in a correction archive and transmission file. A Correction Archive can then be
generated from which the revised XML manifest and form files can be created.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.1.9.2. Download 1095C Part II Details (US)


With this release, customers can download to spreadsheet the details of the resulting Part
II details from the ACA Archive. This provides the ability to review the line 14, 15 and
16 values for discrepencies and make any necessary corrections prior to generating the
1095Cs.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.1.9.3. Schema Validation in the Archive Process (US)


To assure that the data used in generating the 1095C is in conformance with the IRS
electronic schema requirements, validation has been added to the Benefits ACA Archive
Process. Invalid characters and strings are identified up front by the Archive process and
reported in a log file. The process will now require that the Archive results used to
generate the 1095Cs comply with the IRS mandated formats. This will reduce the
potential of having transmissions rejected later, therefore limiting the need to complete
the Correction process and re-issue 1095Cs.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 27
3.1.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12

3.1.10.1. Select Output Directory for Benefits ACA Transmission Files (US)
When running the ACA Transmission XML Generation Process, the Benefit
Administrator can now enter a desired output directory for the resulting Manifest and
Form files. This gives the administrator more discretion and ease in retrieving the files
for transmission to the IRS.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.1.10.2. Download 1095C Part III Details (US)


Now, in addition to downloading Part II details, administrators can download the Part III
details on self insured enrollees from the ACA Archive. Now instead of a button, there is
a dropdown selection on the View Authoritative 1094C page to select either the Part II or
Part III results to be downloaded using WebADI. Administrators can now view the
details of participant and dependent enrollments in self insured plans.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.1.11. Release 12.2.6

3.1.11.1. Record Employee COBRA Healthcare Offer Details (US)


When COBRA is not administered internally, this feature allows benefits administrators
to store healthcare offers and self-insured coverage provided to active employees who
have COBRA eligibility. These details are then included in the archive process for 1095C
reporting.
This feature is back-ported to R12.1 HRMS RUP10.

3.1.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12

3.1.12.1. View 1095C Statement in Self Service (US)


With this release, Benefit Administrators can offer employees electronic access to their
1095C statement. Explicit consent to receive the statement electronically is obtained and
stored. Customers can control the timeframe and versions the employee can access
through Self Service.

3.1.13. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13

3.1.13.1. Modify Attachment Prefix for Benefit Confirmation and Summary Report
Email
Benefit Administrators can now select to label the confirmation statement attachment to
use either the employee last name or employee number via a parameter on the Benefit
Confirmation and Summary Report Email concurrent process.

3.1.13.2. Participation Process Reports Conversion to XML


There is now the ability to have the reports spawned from the Participation Process
output in a single Excel workbook format. Instead of separate reports, there is a single

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 28
report “Participation Process Reports Output(XML) with the following reports each on a
separate tab/worksheet.
• Participation Process Report
• Participation Summary Report
• Participation Error Detail Report by Error Type
• Participation Error Detail Report by Person

3.2. Oracle Approvals Management

3.2.1. Release 12.1.1

3.2.1.1. Approval Deviations Report


Oracle Approval Management Engine (AME) is a web application for defining business
rules based on which transactions are approved in Oracle Applications. AME generates a
standard approver list based on the rules that were set up for transaction types either by
the approvals management administrator or by the approvals management business
analyst. Any change to the standard approver list is a deviation.
Using the Approvals Deviation report, you can capture the approval deviations that
occurred, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) Act.
3.2.2. Release 12.1.3 +

3.2.2.1. Mobile Approvals for Recruitment


Oracle Mobile Approvals for Oracle E-Business Suite lets you take action on approval
requests for recruitment vacancies and offers as part Mobile Release 1.0.
3.2.2.2. Mobile Timecard Approvals
A new approval request type for Timecards is supported in Mobile Release 4.0.

3.2.2.3. Mobile Approvals for Absences


A new approval type for absences is supported with Mobile Release 5.0.

3.2.2.4. Mobile Approvals for Enrollments and Subscriptions


New approval types for learning including class enrollments and certification
subscriptions are supported with Mobile Release 5.0.

3.2.2.5. Mobile Approvals for Person Status Change


A new approval type for person status changes is supported with Mobile Release 6.0.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Approvals Management 29
3.3. Oracle Compensation Workbench

3.3.1. Release 12.1.1

3.3.1.1. Awards Based on Anniversary Date


Prior to this release, Oracle Compensation Workbench allowed employee rewards to be
paid out on a single day across the eligible population. This enhancement provides the
ability to reward employees based on an anniversary or variable date. The award effective
date could be based on an employee’s latest hire date, date of last pay increase or
promotion, or any other reference point. You can define your business rules to determine
award effective dates for employees. Award effective dates can be defaulted into the
Compensation Workbench worksheet, where managers may or may not be able to make
updates. This allows managers to perform up-front budgeting and to allocate
compensation based on the individual employee’s award effective date.

3.3.1.2. Print Total Compensation Statements for Groups of Employees


Prior to this release, you could print statements for one employee at a time. With this
enhancement, you can print statements for groups of employees at the same time. A new
batch process, Print Employee Statements, and a new user interface for submitting this
batch process are now available. The administrator can also generate sample statements
before submitting the final print job.
This enhancement provides an efficient way to print and distribute hard copies of Total
Compensation Statements to employees.
Additionally, enhancements have been made to the selection method for the existing
Generate Employee Statements and Purge Employee Statements batch processes. The
Generate Employee Statements process will evaluate any eligibility profiles defined in
the statement setup in addition to the parameters selected allowing them further filter the
employee population. The administrator now has more flexibility when selecting the
employee population for whom statements are to be generated or purged.

3.3.1.3. Display the Worksheet Manager in the Switch To Manager Search Page
Prior to this release, the search results on the Switch To Manager page only provided the
employee’s supervisor. However, when an employee has been reassigned from one
manager's compensation worksheet to another, the worksheet manager becomes different
from their supervisor thus making it difficult for managers to search and identify the
employee’s actual worksheet manager.
With this release, managers and administrators now see the employee’s worksheet
manager and supervisor in the Switch To Manager search results within the compensation
worksheet. This makes it easier to correctly identify the worksheet manager to whom
they need to switch.

3.3.1.4. New Salary Proposal to be Explicitly Approved


Prior to this release, when a new salary proposal for a new hire was created on the Salary
Administration page, it was automatically approved by default even if the user did not
have the approval authority. This enhancement offers the ability to explicitly control
approvals for new salary proposals.
The enhancement ensures that the new salary proposal approval is SOX compliant.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 30
3.3.1.5. Update Percentage of Eligible Salary in Employee Administration
Compensation administrators can now update or override an employee’s percentage of
eligible salary in the Employee Administration page. Previously this could only be
updated via the allocation worksheet.

3.3.1.6. View Performance Appraisal Details in Compensation Workbench


Customers who use Oracle E-Business Suite Performance Management can now view an
employee’s latest completed appraisal directly from the Oracle Compensation
Workbench allocation worksheet. This means managers can review their employees’
latest completed appraisals without having to switch responsibilities to Performance
Management.
Previously, managers were only able to view their employees’ final ratings when
rewarding their employees. Being able to view employee performance appraisal details
directly from the Compensation Workbench worksheet enable managers to make more
informed decisions when rewarding their employees. Overall, this feature offers a more
tightly integrated Talent Management solution.

3.3.2. Release 12.1.2

3.3.2.1. Streamline the Promotions and Allocations Process with Enhanced


Compensation Workbench Spreadsheet Download/Upload Features
Compensation administrators and managers can now use the following new features that
enhance the Compensation Workbench spreadsheet download and upload mechanism and
provides the ability to:
• Personalize the Compensation Workbench spreadsheet download column
prompts (labels) for each plan.
This is especially useful for service providers who host different organizations on
a single software instance. Compensation administrators can utilize this feature to
provide unique labels for each organization's plans to meet different business
requirements.

• Use the spreadsheet capabilities to update employee promotion data and upload
the changes back to Compensation Workbench.
Compensation managers with large numbers of employees for whom they make
job, grade, position or other promotions-related changes will appreciate a
streamlined promotions process.

• Upload custom segments and other rate values to Compensation Workbench.


Prior to this release, compensation managers could update custom segments and
other rates only through the Compensation Workbench worksheet, which could
be cumbersome. With this feature, they can upload custom segment and other
rate changes at the same time, which simplify and make the allocations process
more efficient.

3.3.2.2. Display Market Salary Survey Data in Compensation Workbench


Compensation Workbench now enables compensation managers to compare their
employees' salaries to the prevailing market average wages (based on data that is

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 31
imported into or set up in the Oracle HRMS system), thus ensuring equity in pay when
rewarding their employees.

3.3.3. Release 12.1.3

3.3.3.1. Performance and Promotion History Pop-up Window in Worksheet


Performance and promotion history, including such details as current and prior ratings,
rankings, job and position changes, can now be viewed by opening a new window with
one click in the compensation allocation worksheet.
The ability to see an employee’s performance and promotion history in one place using
one or two simple clicks enables compensation managers to make better, more informed
decisions when rewarding their employees.

3.3.3.2. Post Zero Salary Increases


Compensation administrators now have the option to post zero (0.00) salary increases or
increments from Compensation Workbench to HR. This means there will now be a record
of a zero change amount in salary proposals of employees who did not receive a salary
increase.

3.3.3.3. Control Period for Viewing Appraisals in Compensation Allocation


Worksheet
The ability to view employee performance appraisal details from within the
compensation allocation worksheet has been further improved by allowing the
administrator to control the date after which completed performance appraisals will be
available to managers.
If there are multiple years of performance appraisals in Performance Management, or
employees only have completed appraisals from the previous year and not the current
period, then when the new year's Compensation Workbench plan is opened, managers
will only see their employees' performance appraisals from the previous period. This
feature ensures that managers will only see the latest completed appraisals for their
employees when making compensation award decisions for the current period.

3.3.3.4. Refresh Plan, Employee and Summary Data from Compensation


Workbench Home Page
Prior to this release, the Compensation Workbench refresh process was only available in
the professional user interface. Now it is available to administrators on the Compensation
Workbench home page, enabling them to refresh plan, summary, or employee HR data all
within Compensation Workbench.

3.3.3.5. Ensure Employee’s New Salary is Within Grade Range


This new features gives compensation managers and administrators the option to validate
an employee’s new salary against their salary grade range. This helps to ensure manager
compliance with company compensation policies and better pay equity for employees.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 32
3.3.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4

3.3.4.1. Proposed Grade Range, Proposed Grade Midpoint, and Proposed


Comparatio Now Available for Spreadsheet Download
The following fields are now available to download to spreadsheet: Proposed Grade
Range, Proposed Grade Midpoint, and Proposed Comparatio. This helps managers who
need to work offline or who do not have access to Compensation Workbench to make
better and more informed business decisions during the compensation planning cycle.

3.3.4.2. Back Out Compensation Workbench Life Events Process for Single Person
Administrators can now back out the Compensation Workbench Life Events process for a
single employee, offering a simple way to back out just one person. Until now, the only
way to accomplish this was to write a person selection rule.

3.3.4.3. Optionally Hide In-Progress Salary Increases in Employee History


Enterprises may not want their managers to see salary increases that are in progress if
they only have access to non-base salary type compensation plans. Even if managers do
have access to base salary compensation plans, it can be confusing to see an In Progress
row for an employee's salary increase not yet in effect. Compensation Workbench now
offers the option to prevent In Progress rows for salary increases from being displayed
when viewed in the Employee History region on the Salary Administration page.

3.3.4.4. Download Data Using Web ADI


You can now download data to an Excel spreadsheet using Web ADI for the Employee
Stock Option History and Employee Compensation History reports. You can also now
download the Post-Process Summary and Error reports. This is useful for managers with
a large number of employees when performing audits or reconciliation of compensation
allocations.

3.3.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.3.5.1. Email Employee Compensation Statements


Until now, administrators and managers could only print hard copies of employee
compensation statements and manually distribute them. With this release, statements can
now be securely emailed to employees. Administrators can also send statements to a test
email account to verify and resolve any issues before emailing the official statements.
Employees receive their statements quickly and efficiently, broadening the
communication channel between administrators, managers, and employees.

3.3.5.2. Email Total Compensation Statements


In addition to viewing their statements online in Employee Self-Service or receiving a
printed hard copy, employees can now have their total compensation statements emailed
to them. Administrators can choose to email all total compensation statements or to select
a group of employees, just as they can with the mass print process. They can also test
email statements to resolve any issues prior to emailing the official statements to
employees. The addition of the mass email option helps companies to directly
communicate with their employees, even in cases where Employee Self-Service is not
offered.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 33
3.3.5.3. Back Out Compensation Workbench Postprocess
Backing out postprocess is required if compensation changes were posted on the wrong
effective date or the wrong group of assignments was processed, or if any corrections are
required on a mass scale. Until now, there was no way to back out the changes posted to
the HR system as the existing back-out process meant also backing out all the changes
done in Compensation Workbench, such as budget allocations, awards allocations, and
worksheet submissions and approvals.
Compensation Workbench now offers the ability for administrators to back out only the
updates to employee records in the HR system, while allowing the updates in
Compensation Workbench to remain intact. The new Back-Out Postprocess allows
administrators to optionally back out performance ratings in addition to compensation
award amounts. They can also choose to return compensation worksheet control back to
the managers if further changes need to be made before re-posting. This new feature
streamlines the corrections process after posting has already taken place, making the
compensation awards process overall much more efficient and flexible, resulting in a
potentially huge cost savings to employers.

3.3.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.3.6.1. Download and Upload Allocation Worksheet Comments


As part of the compensation allocation process, managers use the Comments field in the
worksheet to make notes to assist with approval justifications, as an example. Managers
need a means of communicating additional comments or notes per employee when
performing reward allocations offline as well. With this release, it will now be possible
for managers to not only view and update the comments in the downloaded spreadsheet,
but they can also update existing or add new comments and upload them back to the
worksheet.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.3.6.2. Disable Drilldown Hyperlink in Online Total Compensation Statements


When viewing their total compensation statements online, employees can use a hyperlink
to drill down to the details of applicable compensation awards, such as their salary
compensation per pay period. Administrators now have the option to disable this
hyperlink for certain compensation statement items and categories so that only summary
totals are viewable by employees.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.3.6.3. Display Position Title in Employee Total Compensation Statements


With this release, administrators can choose to display employees’ position titles, as well
as job titles, on employee total compensation statements. Many companies store position
information for their employees either in place of or in addition to job information. The
option to additionally display an employee's position gives administrators more flexibility
when creating total compensation statements.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 34
3.3.7. Release 12.2.4

3.3.7.1. Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Statements


Compensation Workbench administrators can email compensation statements to
employees as PDF attachments. With this new feature, administrators can configure and
apply a digital signatures to these emailed employee statements. This provides additional
authentication, which further secures the online communication process. To take
advantage of this new feature, administrators use the Email Statements option that is part
of the Employee Statements task.

3.3.7.2. Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Total


Compensation Statements
Compensation administrators can email total compensation statements to employees as
PDF attachments. As these total compensation statements are distributed electronically, it
is important that recipients be able to verify document authenticity and integrity. This
new feature fulfills this requirement by enabling administrators to configure and apply a
digital signature to emailed employee total compensation statements. To take advantage
of this new feature, compensation administrators use the Email Employee Statements
batch process.

3.4. Oracle Configuration Workbench for Human Capital Management

3.4.1. Release 12.1.1

3.4.1.1. Configurator for Person/Assignment Spreadsheet Loader


Prior to this release the Web ADI spreadsheet solutions available in the Oracle
Configuration Workbench for Human Capital Management displayed nearly all of the
columns of person, address, and assignment entities. This made the spreadsheet so wide
that the user had to scroll to the necessary fields.
The Spreadsheet Loader Configurator now offers the following advantages:
• Flexible support for multiple data sources: APIs, XML and CSV files
• Flexible layout of the spreadsheet for different business needs
• Multiple processes support: the ability to configure the spreadsheet for specific
processes including mass location changes, mass organization changes, and so
on.

3.5. Oracle Human Resources (Core HR)

3.5.1. Release 12.1.1

3.5.1.1. Knowledge Integration with ENWISEN


Informational support for decision making within an application enhances transactional
capabilities. In the absence of precise supporting information, users may have questions

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Configuration Workbench for Human Capital Management 35
that prevent them from completing transactions. They may lack requisite knowledge to
make the right decisions at the right time. Knowledge integration gives users the
information they need.
Integration of Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) with content vendors like
ENWISEN gives users the following advantages:
• Ability to launch content pages from sites outsides the Oracle E-Business Suite
• Ability to launch third party content sites from SSHR pages
• A seamless working experience between the two user interfaces whereby
information like Single Sign On authentication, subscription ID, and the context
of the calling page are passed to the third-party application to launch the
appropriate page
• A region in the Personal Information page of SSHR to launch an employee
handbook (ENWISEN)
• A region in the Absence Management page of SSHR to launch Absence Policies
(ENWISEN)
• Ability to easily change content in accordance with changes in company policy

3.5.1.2. HR Help Desk


An HR help desk application is for the Request-to-Resolve process wherein an HR help
desk agent receives HR-related requests from employees. The HR help desk agent
requires the ability to navigate to multiple HR application functions to resolve the
requests. Oracle Human Capital Management provides web services to integrate with
Oracle’s PeopleSoft Enterprise HelpDesk for Human Resources.
While launching Oracle E-Business Suite pages, the E-Business Suite system evaluates
the user’s security profile to identify security privileges and then passes on parameters
that help the agent to perform the transaction.
To enable the HR help agent to use the help desk functionality, a system administrator
must complete the following:
• Configure the predefined web services in the calling application’s application
classes to store the data from Oracle E-Business Suite and to display employee
data in the 3600 View page.
• Configure the RIR messages to subscribe to the web services published from the
PeopleSoft application.
The help desk agent can view or perform transactions related to personal, assignment,
benefits, and payroll details. The HR help desk feature supports UK and US legislation.

3.5.1.3. Access to Ex-Employee and Future-Dated Employee Records in User Based


and Dynamic Security
Prior to this release, you could not access the employee records for former or future-dated
employees if you were using the dynamic security profile. This restriction was due to
performance considerations. Unlike static security, in the dynamic security profile the
application evaluates the security definition when a user logs in. With a new system
profile, you can retrieve the records of former or future-dated employees.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 36
3.5.1.4. Multi-Tenancy for Business Process Outsourcing Vendors
Multi-tenancy in Oracle Human Capital Management is the ability for the outsourcing
provider to support multiple clients in the same HR instance. Each client must have
exclusive access to only their own data and must not have access to other clients’ data.
This enhancement provides data separation using Oracle Label Security. A framework is
provided within Oracle Human Capital Management to configure the system for multi-
tenant mode.

3.5.2. Release 12.1.2

3.5.2.1. Use Search Criteria to Query Records in the People Window


Prior to this release, records could be queried in the People window by using a blind
query or simply entering the percent sign (%). This type of query has a large impact on
performance when there is a high volume of records in the database. From this release
onward, users must provide at least one selective search criterion, such as first name (for
example, “John%”). Entering a selective search criterion improves search performance
and minimizes record retrieval time.

3.5.2.2. Ability to Change the Final Process Date when It is Set the Same as the Last
Standard Process Date
Prior to this release, when HR managers processed terminations they could not modify
the Final Process Date if the date was the same as the Last Standard Process Date. With
this release, managers can modify the final process date even when it was set the same as
the last standard process date.

3.5.3. Release 12.1.3

3.5.3.1. Enhanced Document of Records


The display of document types in the Create or Update pages of the Document of
Records feature in Manager Self Service and Oracle HRMS Fast Path is now dependent
on the country selected. Managers and Administrators can see document types which are
relevant to the country chosen. You can also configure approvals when new documents
are create or updated.
The Oracle Approvals Management approval process can be enabled by adding the
functional parameter pAMETranType to the Employee and Manager Self-Service
Document of Records function.

3.5.3.2. Ability to Restrict Negative Balance in Absence


Oracle HRMS now enables you to check for leave balance and to warn workers about
negative leave balance when they apply for leave. You can define the HR: Allow
Absence Negative Balance profile option to enable this feature. If the profile value is set
to Yes, then the existing behavior continues. If the profile value is set to No, then workers
who have exceeded their balance will get a message that their leave balance is negative
and they cannot apply for leave.

3.5.3.3. Additional Parameters in BG_ABSENCE_DURATION Fast Formula


Prior to this feature, the BG Absence Duration fast formula consisted of four parameters:
Start Date, End Date, Start Time, and End Time. To provide more parameters to calculate

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 37
absence duration, the first five information attributes of the developer descriptive
flexfield Additional Absence Detail Information are now included as input parameters for
the BG Absence Duration fast formula.

3.5.3.4. Ability to Use Dynamic Approvals in a Checklist


From this release, you can use Oracle Approvals Management to set up dynamic
approvals for the Checklists functionality. Prior to this release, approvals could be set
only on the basis of individual tasks in a checklist. Now approval groups can be
configured on the basis of tasks as well as based on the person to whom the checklist or
task is assigned.

3.5.3.5. Ability to View Criteria Set Associated to Grade Step


While defining the Grade/Step Progression (GSP), rates can be associated with the grade
steps. The step rate is the salary amount that an employee is eligible for when placed on
that step. Criteria salary rates enable users to vary the step rate for different criteria sets.
Prior to this release, once a criteria set was associated to a grade ladder, it was not by
default visible in the GSP wizard. Users had to remember the name of the criteria set and
then retrieve the details.
Now, for a grade ladder, all associated criteria sets are listed by default in the Update
Criteria Salary Rate page. Also, in the Task: Rates page a pop-up window is enabled on
the Criteria Salary Rate Exists column, which displays the criteria set associated with the
grade ladder.

3.5.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.5.4.1. Approvals in Global Deployments


Using the Global Deployments function, HR professionals can transfer employees from
one business group to other business group either temporarily or as a permanent transfer.
Oracle HRMS now enables you to setup approval processes to route deployment
proposals. You can configure approval rules using Oracle Approvals Management.

3.5.5. Release 12.2

3.5.5.1. Workflow Synchronization


The Synchronize WF Local Tables (FNDWFLSC) concurrent program, also known as
bulk synchronization, was built to move user or role data from product groups to the
Workflow Directory Services (WFDS) tables so that the users and roles created in those
product groups could participate in workflow processing. This concurrent program has
been phased out with this release. This program is replaced with incremental
synchronization APIs provided by Oracle Workflow. From this release onwards,
incremental synchronization APIs will be called internally to move user and role data
from product groups to the Workflow Directory Services tables.

3.5.5.2. Update Records with Future Person Changes


Prior to this release, HR users could not perform many personnel actions like Hire,
Termination, Rehire, and Reverse Termination for an employee if any person type
changes existed at a future date for that employee. This restriction ensured data integrity,
but has become restrictive in many standard business cases. With this release, those

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 38
restrictions are removed while data integrity is maintained. Now, HR users can perform
transactions such as Termination, Reverse Terminations or Reconsider Application in
Oracle iRecruitment even though future-dated person type changes exist for an employee.
Oracle HRMS provides the HR:Future Dated Person Changes profile option to control
the ability of HR users to perform such changes.

3.5.6. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12

3.5.6.1. Reallocate Donated Budget to a Recipient Position


Oracle HR Budgeting enables you to reallocate control budget resources from one line
item to another, as you identify excess and deficit amounts. However, prior to this release
budgets were successfully reallocated but budgets did not reflect in the Budget tab of the
donor and recipient positions. With this release, enhancement is made so that budget
values are reflected in the Budget tab of donor and recipient positions.

3.5.6.2. Allocate Checklists and Tasks Process to Skip Errors

The “Allocated Checklists and Task Process” concurrent program is a process to identify
any checklist life events that have not yet been processed. For each life event, the process
allocates the checklist to the person and builds the list of checklist tasks based on the
eligibility profiles. Currently, this concurrent program retrieves all the identified events at
the Pending status and processes them one by one. However, if the processing encounters
an error, it stops further execution without processing the rest of the events. In this
release, ability is provided to process further without stopping if an error occurs and
proceed to identify other errors if any. In such cases, the concurrent program ends with a
warning status.

3.5.7. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13

3.5.7.1. Confirmation Email When Information Updated in Employee Self Service


In this release administrators have the ability to send a confirmation email to the person
for whom there are changes in the person attributes via Employee Self Service. Email is
sent when one or more of the following attributes are modified.
Last Name, DOB, Email Address, First Name, Known as, Marital Status, Nationality,
National Identifier, Previous Last Name, Registered Disabled Flag, Gender, Title, Blood
type and Honors.

3.5.7.2. Expanded Use of Eligibility and Life Events for Checklists


In the release ability of associating eligibility criteria at checklist level is provided. With
this users need not associate eligibility criteria for each task. The eligibility criteria at
checklist level will be propagated to all corresponding tasks. User can still assign
additional eligibility at the task level if separate criteria is required for a task.
Furthermore, now assignment tables can also be used to define life events for checklists.
Task level messages are also provided.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 39
3.5.7.3. Synchronization of Person Email ID and FND User Email
Now, whenever there is a change in the person email id in the Core HR records, it will be
synchronized in the FND user email. In this way consistent mail ID can be maintained in
between the two areas.

3.6. Oracle Human Resources Command Center


3.6.1. Overview
The Oracle Human Resources Command Center helps HR personnel to analyze and act
on workforce information across your enterprise. Improve decision making through
actionable information that refinements, metrics, and graphs present. HR personnel can
drill down to the underlying application to perform business processes in Oracle Human
Resources.

The Oracle Human Resources Command Center is available at no additional cost to


licensed users of Oracle Human Resources. It can be applied to Release 12.2.4 and
above.

3.6.2. Release 12.2.9+

The following functionality requires Oracle Enterprise Command Center Framework


Release 12.2 V3.

3.6.2.1. Workforce Explorer Dashboard

Use the Workforce Explorer Dashboard to search for employees and contingent workers
using various search attributes. This dashboard enables you to analyze search results
using people metrics, charts, graphs and tables. The metrics give insight into breakdown
of number of employees and contingent workers in your workforce. Tag clouds help you
to identify people based on a particular tag cloud such as organization, job, position, and
location. Use graphs to analyze employee data and to make informed decisions.
Compare details of two or more people to recognize the right person or persons to
perform a task. Review person details that are displayed in a tabular format. From a
person card, you can drill down to the talent profile of that person, if you have HR Self-
Service license.

3.7. Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite


3.7.1. Overview
With Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite, employees can
search and view person profiles in their organization's person directory, and easily
communicate with persons on the go.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources Command Center 40
You can:
- Search for employees by name and view the list of recently viewed profiles
- View a person's profile including the job assignment, contact info, location, local
time, manager, organization chart, notes, and tags
- Navigate through the management hierarchy
- View persons using the My Organization feature
- Maintain personal profile with tags
- Collaborate in context using device features such as email, phone, and text.
- Edit profile information such as the photo, mobile phone numbers, social media
information, notes, and tags

Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite is compatible with
Oracle E-Business Suite 12.1.3, 12.2.3, and higher. To use this app, you must be a
user of Oracle Human Resources with mobile services configured on the server-side
by your administrator. For information on how to configure mobile services on the
server and for app-specific information, see My Oracle Support Note 1641772.1 at
https://support.oracle.com

Note: Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite is available in the
following languages: Brazilian Portuguese, Canadian French, Dutch, English,
French, German, Italian, Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, and
Spanish.

3.7.2. Mobile Release 4.0 – Client Version 1.0.0

3.7.2.1. Initial Release


Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite empowers users to easily
search for and view person details for an employee using an intuitive mobile interface.
Accelerate your productivity using Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-
Business Suite from your smartphone.
You can:

• Search for an employee by name and see a list of recently viewed profiles.
• View a person’s profile including job assignment, contact information, location,
local time, manager organization chart, notes, and tags.
• Navigate through the management hierarchy.
• View persons within My Organization.
• Maintain personal profiles with tags.
• Collaborate in context using device features.
• Find the person work location in an integrated map interface
• Communicate with the person through the mobile app using different modes like
phone and email.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite 41
3.7.2.2. Translation Support
Oracle Mobile Person Directly for Oracle E-Business Suite is available in the following
languages:
Brazilian Portuguese, Canadian French, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian,
Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, Spanish

3.7.2.3. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates


• Support for enterprise distribution
• Customization support for corporate branding
• Support for Web SSO authentication to delegate authentication to Oracle Access
Manager (OAM)

3.7.3. Mobile Release 5.0 – Client Version 1.1.0

3.7.3.1. Edit Profile Page


In this release, a new page is provided to enable a user to edit profile details such as
photo, mobile phone number, social media, notes, and tabs. All editing abilities are
moved to this new page.

3.7.3.2. Mobile Foundation Release 5.0 Updates


• User installation and usage metrics for administrators
• Updated look and feel for selected app interactions
• Uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MSF) 2.2.2

3.7.4. Mobile Release 6.0 – Client Version 1.2.0

3.7.4.1. Mobile Foundation Release 6.0 Updates


• Ability to open links to external websites within the app on Android devices
• Updated look and feel, including native look and feel for action sheets on iOS
devices
• Ability to easily clear user credential fields in the Sign In page
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.3.1

3.7.5. Mobile Release 7.0 – Client Version 1.3.0

3.6.5.1. Mobile Foundation Release 7.0 Updates


• Ability to import custom CA or self-signed server certificates to standard
apps for TLS connections to Oracle E-Business Suite

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite 42
• Ability to download the mobile app configuration automatically from the
server
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework
(MAF) 2.4.0
3.7.6. Mobile Release 8.0 – Client Version 1.4.3

3.7.6.1. Mobile Foundation Release 8.0 Updates


• For apps installed through an Enterprise Mobility Management (EMM) solution's
app catalog, support for having the EBS Server URL preconfigured by an
administrator rather than requiring users to enter it after launching the app.
• Enhancement to prevent attachments viewed within the app from being shared
elsewhere on iOS devices.
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.5.0

3.8. Oracle Human Resources Information Discovery


3.8.1. Overview
Oracle Human Resources Information Discovery, formally known as Oracle Human
Resources Extensions for Endeca gives HR administrators and line managers access
information like never before. Information driven business decisions are supported by
using the fast and intuitive Information Discovery search interface to search and filter for
people.
3.8.2. V5

3.8.2.1. Workforce Explorer

With Quick Search, Available Refinements, Tags, and Geospatial search filters, you can
start with a complete business view. You can then sort and compare results to make
quick, appropriate business selection decisions. For further analysis, you can compare
people and view results in the graphical format. You can navigate directly from results to
transaction pages.
Because the interface uses the in-memory data of Information Discovery product, the
search is fast. Searching by means of available refinements allows the user to refine a
search while browsing, makes the search efficient.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources Information Discovery 43
3.8.3. V8

3.8.3.1. Advanced Search Capabilities


This release provides wild card and Boolean search capability. Users can now query with
only partial search criteria using wild cards and Boolean expressions. This search
capability is available from the search box and the refinement search.

3.9. Oracle HRMS (Australia)

3.9.1. Release 12.1.2

3.9.1.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Australia localization.
Now, terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date
and prior to the final process date. The Australian reports have been modified to support
this feature.

3.9.2. Release 12.1.3

3.9.2.1. Enable Retro Overlap for Australia


Retro Overlap is new functionality that eliminates overlap in RetroPay processing. Retro
Overlap will use balance adjustments to self-adjust the balances within RetroPay to
ensure that they are correct at the time of recalculation. The new functionality also
improves RetroPay performance.

3.9.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.9.3.1. Australia Local Address Style and Upgrade


Prior to this release, the Australia localization had a single global address style,
AU_GLB. Australia-specific legislative reports expect certain address fields to be
mandatory, but this cannot be enforced in the global address style. Therefore, a new local
address style is delivered through this enhancement. An upgrade process is also provided
for migrating the existing addresses to the local address style.

3.9.3.2. AU Year End Enhancements


The Australia Payment Summary process has been enhanced with the following changes:
• Support for archiving assignments selectively using an assignment set parameter
• Consistent display of financial year listing in the Self-Service list of values and
the Professional user interface list of values
• Assurance that the TFN number displayed in the report is the latest

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 44
3.9.3.3. AU Payroll Reconciliation Summary report in XL output
This enhancement delivers the capability of producing the Payroll Reconciliation
Summary report data in a spreadsheet format, similar to the other reconciliation reports
available in the localization.

3.9.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.9.4.1. Multiple Payment Summary Amendment


This enhancement allows payroll users to generate multiple amended Payment Summary
Reports. In earlier releases the application allowed only one amendment, and the user had
to rollback the previous payment summary amendment to generate new report output.

3.9.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.9.5.1. Payslip Modeling


Payslip Modeling is enabled for Australia. Using Employee Self-Service, each employee
can simulate their payslip and can select salary components to perform what-if analysis
regarding their take-home salaries. Payroll administrators can use modeling to answer
employee queries regarding their take-home pay and to perform what-if analysis for
payroll planning.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.9.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.9.6.1. Update TFN from 111 111 111 for New Hires After 28 days
According to the Australia Tax Office, if a new employee has not made a TFN
declaration, then the TFN of the employee is temporarily set to 111 111 111.
After 28 days, if the employee has still not made a declaration, the TFN must be set back
to 000 000 000. With this release, the application notifies the payroll manager to change
the TFN manually for those assignments that have a TFN of 111 111 111 at 28 days after
hire.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.9.6.2. Warning for Payments Made After Death via Direct Payments
Allowances and bonuses paid after death are not taxable and are not reported on the
Payment Summary under the Salary and Wages section. With this release, the application
generates a warning message to ensure that the payment for employees terminated due to
death is processed using Direct Payments. The application also ensures that earnings after
death are not taxed and are not reported on the Payment Summary.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.9.6.3. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard provides payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll
and assignment process information by enabling them with payroll readiness, analysis,
and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency
and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 45
processes. Payroll professionals can run, retry, or roll back any payroll process.
Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness, analysis, and validation
information according to their requirements using both delivered and custom checks and
rules. For example, the readiness check can be configured to list employees who do not
have a TFN or have the default tax filing number of 111 111 111 for more than 28 days
from the date of hire.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.9.6.4. Email Payment Summary to Employee


With this release, employees can receive the Payment Summary by email if they do not
have the ability to view the Payment Summary from Employee Self-Service. A
concurrent program generates the Payment Summary and mails it to the registered
emails.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.9.6.5. Option to Limit Availability of Payment Summary in Self-Service


With this release, a payroll administrator can allow employees to view Payment
Summaries for current or previous years. A new descriptive flexfield setup is provided at
the Organization level to control the display of the Payment Summary.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.9.6.6. Tax Calculation Error Message for Negative Earnings


During the Retro Pay (Enhanced) process, if an error occurs due to negative earnings, the
fatal error message “Tax cannot be calculated for negative earnings” is generated.
However, no Date Paid is displayed to indicate the pay period for which the error has
occurred. This error message now includes the Date Paid value to help users identify
where the error has occurred.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.9.6.7. View Payslip Offset Days


Prior to this release users could view the payslip online immediately after the archive
process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, a new field is available
to set the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view
the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.9.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.9.7.1. View PDF Payslip in Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR)


This feature enables employees to view their payslips though the Employee Self-Service
responsibility. Each user can configure the predefined template to customize their
payslip and use the XML Publisher engine to generate a PDF document.
The feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 46
3.9.7.2. SuperStream Defined Benefits
This enhancement enables you to record data for Super Fund Defined Benefits
registration and contributions so that these can be displayed in the existing SuperStream
reports.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.9.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.9.8.1. Payment Summary


This enhancement introduces TFN Password Protection for emailed Payment summaries.
It also provides flexibility for users to send Payment summaries via email to alternate
email addresses apart from the primary email address. Additionally it provides the ability
to produce an ETP payment summary on death for a non-employee.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.9.8.2. Zero Accruals or Entitlements on Termination


Previously on termination, employee accruals were not set to zero even though
corresponding value was paid out. With this release accruals are set to zero after Last
Standard Process Date of the terminated employee.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.9.8.3. Foreign Workers overpaid by Foreign Tax Amount


This enhancement ensures that Net payment does not include foreign tax paid for a
foreign worker. The total tax withheld on foreign worker Payment Summary will only
include the PAYG component of the tax for foreign employment. Foreign Tax entered by
user will be reported only in Foreign Tax Paid box on payment summary.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.
3.9.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11

3.9.9.1. Assignment Set for End of Year Reconciliation Reports


This enhancement provides the Assignment Set parameter to ensure that reports can be
run for only certain set of assignments. The reports include End of Year Reconciliation
Summary XML, End of Year Reconciliation Detail Report (XML), End of Year
Reconciliation Summary Totals Report (XML) and Pay Advice (Australia) (XML).

Prior to this enhancement, all the reports were being run for all the employees. This
enhancement gives flexibility to run the report for limited set of employees from archived
set of employees.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.9.9.2. Payroll Dashboard Analytics Uptake

The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll
process information by providing the ability to perform readiness checks, monitor payroll
processes and to perform data analysis all in a single place. In addition to payroll
processes, the Payroll Dashboard also offers payroll professionals with the ability to
monitor and analyze the Australia specific concurrent programs.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 47
Now the Payroll Analysis tabbed region is enabled for the Australia localization and can
be used to compare the amounts processed against each classification, or element, or
balance between a chosen current and previous payroll periods.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.9.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12

3.9.10.1. Support for Single Touch Payroll

Oracle HRMS (Australia) enables the support for Single Touch Payroll (STP) to report
year-to-date figures on a pay by pay basis rather than one report at the end of the year.
The payroll data is archived to produce the XML file to send to the ATO. STP
information and the intermediary information for the authorized agent are recorded at the
legal entity level. Employers need to set up an authorized user and the sending service
provider or the third party to create and submit the report. The STP report includes all the
YTD information, the superannuation amount, W1, W2, and any changes to the TFN of
the employees.
The employees who are exempted from being reported in the STP are recorded using the
extra assignment type Single Touch Payroll Extra Information type. These employees
will not be archived during the STP Archive process but will be listed as exceptions in
the Exception Report.
The STP processing includes running the archive process and the STP report. Users can
run multiple archives for the same or different set of employees and can combine to
submit one file on a particular date. If a file has been corrupted before sending to the
ATO, then users can regenerate the file using the Full File Replacement option while
running the report. Users can also produce an exception and a validation report to view
the information that has been archived and reconciled.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.9.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.9.11.1. Payroll Tax Report by Legal Employer


Prior to this release, the Payroll Tax Report by Legal Employer could be run only for a
single pay period. You can now process and display the data for the payroll tax for a
financial year instead of for a single pay period.

3.10. Oracle HRMS (Canada)

3.10.1. Release 12.1.2

3.10.1.1. Use Retro Overlap Enabled for Canada Payroll


Retro Overlap is new functionality that eliminates overlap in RetroPay processing. Retro
Overlap will use balance adjustments to self adjust the balances within RetroPay to
ensure that they are correct at the time of recalculation. The new functionality also
improves RetroPay performance.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Canada) 48
3.10.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.10.2.1. Canadian Cheque Writer (XML), Canadian Deposit Advice (XML) and
Canadian Third Party Cheque Writer (XML)
Customers can now generate cheques and deposit advices in a PDF format. This allows
customers to use generic stock which results in cost savings and improves efficiency.
A predefined RTF template is provided that can be configured according to business need
to produce the desired PDF payroll cheque, third party cheque, and deposit advice output.

3.10.2.2. Payroll Exception Report


Use the new Payroll Exception Report to identify variations in payroll balances in the
payroll run and report them as exceptions. This report provides an additional tool to
improve efficiencies for payroll managers and administrators.

3.10.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.10.3.1. Payslip Modeler


Employees can now model their payslips using the new Payslip Modeler available online.
This feature can be used by individuals to quickly and accurately answer payslip related
questions and address what-if scenarios such as how their net pay would be impacted by
an increase to their RPP healthcare or RRSP pension deduction or by a change to their
federal or provincial tax credits. Employees can also print a PDF copy of their model
payslip. This feature is available to both employees and payroll professionals
(administrators) in Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR).
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.10.3.2. Rehire Before Final Process Date


This feature allows customers to rehire a terminated employee before the final close date.
The legislative rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD is now enabled for Canada.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.10.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.10.4.1. Payslip Modeler


Employees can now model their payslips using the new Payslip Modeler available online.
This feature can be used by individuals to quickly and accurately answer payslip related
questions and address what-if scenarios such as how their net pay would be impacted by
an increase to their RPP or RRSP deduction or by a change to their federal or provincial
tax credits. Employees can also print a PDF copy of their model payslip. This feature is
available to both employees and payroll professionals (administrators) via SSHR.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Canada) 49
3.10.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.10.5.1. Mid-Year Change to a Government Reporting Entity with Different


Employment Insurance Rates
Previously, when an employee transferred to a Government Reporting Entity (GRE) with
a different employer Employment Insurance (EI) rate and the self-adjust calculation
method was set to Self Adjust or to Self Adjust at Max, the employer EI recalculated at
that rate for the new GRE for the entire year, resulting in incorrect employer EI liability
balances. To ensure correct EI balances, employee and employer EI calculation methods
will now be set to No Self Adjust whenever an employee changes GREs after the first
payroll of the year.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.10.5.2. Enhanced Payroll Register


The Payroll Register now reports user-defined employer liabilities in addition to the
employer tax liabilities.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.10.5.3. New Record of Employment Interface for ROE Web Version 2


A new payroll extract file has been developed to comply with the ROE Web Version 2
program. New codes and additional data will be passed in order to accommodate the new
Record of Employment (ROE) specifications.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.10.5.4. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness, analysis, and
validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and
reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes
as well as to run, retry or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure
the payroll readiness, analysis, and validation information according to their requirements
using both delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.10.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.10.6.1. Import File for Report on Hires


The Report on Hires is currently delivered as a paper report. This feature allows users to
submit the Report on Hires information electronically to Service Canada through their
online application Data Gateway. The new process Report on Hires Interface will
generate the interface file.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.10.6.2. Ability to Generate an Amended ROE


A ROE is issued when there is an interruption of earnings due to a leave of absence or
termination. Once the ROE has been generated, any changes that should have been
reflected on the ROE must be reported through an amended ROE. This feature allows

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Canada) 50
users to amend Records of Employment that are issued through Oracle Payroll. Three
new processes have been delivered for this functionality:
• Import Record of Employment Data: Uploads the ROE serial numbers from ROE
Web
• Amended Record of Employment: Archives the data to produce the amended
ROE
• Amended Record of Employment Interface: Generates the electronic file to
upload to ROE Web
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.
3.10.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.10.7.1. Gross to Net Summary Report for Canadian Payroll


A new Gross to Net Summary (CA) report has been delivered. This report is designed to
provide Canadian-specific data such as current totals from payroll runs and reversals
grouped by element classification.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.10.7.2. Amended Record of Employment (ROE) Worksheet


The ROE Worksheet concurrent process now generates a worksheet for amended
ROEs. Previously, only original ROE worksheets were generated.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.


3.10.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11

3.10.8.1. Self-Service PDF Reports Review for I-frame


Employees may now view and download their employee self-service PDF reports such as
the payslip, T4, T4A, RL-1 and RL-2. They can view a graph comparing key data from
the current and past year for year-end slips and pie charts for current and year to date
gross distribution on the payslip.
This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.10.8.2. Enhanced Architecture for Tax Withholding Rules


Modifications to the tax withholding rules made by a customer were overridden when
hrglobal was run. Changes have been implemented so that if a customer modifies the
delivered tax withholding rules, they will not be overridden when hrglobal is run.
This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.10.8.3. New Workers Compensation Employee Detail Report


The Workers Compensation Assessable Wages Report has been enhanced to generate a
detailed employee listing displaying individual workers’ compensation data. Two new
parameters have been added to the existing request:
• Report Type – Detail or Summary
• Assignment Set – Enabled if Detail is selected as the Report Type
This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Canada) 51
3.10.8.4. New Fields to Capture Additional Tax Credits in Employee Tax
information
New fields have been added to support other federal and provincial tax credits for
medical expenses and charitable donations authorized by a tax services office. The new
fields on the federal and provincial tax information forms will accept values with 2
decimals and have the label ‘Other Tax Credits’.
This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.10.8.5. Generate Consolidated Record of Employment for Employees with


Multiple Assignments
Record of Employment (ROE) data is now consolidated for multiple assignments in the
same GRE and same payroll frequency. The ROE process aggregates the balances for
15A, 15B, 15C, 17A and 17C and reports them in a single ROE. The information is
consolidated in the assignment with the earliest start date for both original and amended
ROEs.
This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.10.8.6. Document Delivery Preferences for Year End Slips


Employees may now electronically consent to receive their year-end slip online via self-
service or choose to receive a paper slip (or both) using Document Delivery Preferences.
This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.
3.10.9. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.10.9.1. Bank Account Verification in SSHR


Employees can enter bank account details using the Manage Payroll Payments self-
service page. To ensure that the employee enters the correct account number, they are
required to enter the account number twice. The application validates the entered
information, and if entered incorrectly, prompts the employee to re-enter the bank
account number.

3.10.10. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10

3.10.10.1. Enhanced Costing Detail Report


A new parameter has been added to the Costing Detail Report allowing the additional
flexibility of processing based on costing action along with a date range.

3.10.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13

3.10.11.1. Federal and Provisional Tax Form Signup in Employee Self Service
Employees may now view and update their tax information through self-service. The
federal and provincial TD1, federal TD1X (commission), Quebec TP1015.3-V and
Quebec TP1015.R.13.1 (commission) information is available by selecting the Tax Form
option in the Canadian self-service menu. Links to the government forms are also
provided as reference.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Canada) 52
3.11. Oracle HRMS (China)

3.11.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.11.1.1. CN PHF/SI Retro Changes


The following Retro components are supported:
• Tax When Earned - Calculates both PHF/SI deductions and tax deductions as of
Date Earned ( Original Period )
• Tax When Paid - Calculates both PHF/SI deductions and tax deductions as of
Date Paid
This enhancement allows PHF/SI computation in the using the new Retro component
PHF/SI When Earned , Tax When Paid. This component calculates PHF/SI deductions as
of Date Earned (Original Period) and tax deductions as of Date Paid.

3.11.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.11.2.1. Rehire Before Final Close


Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date set for a previously terminated period of employment.
With this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the China localization.
Now, terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date
and prior to the final process date. This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule
REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.11.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.11.3.1. View Payslip Offset Days


Prior to this release users can view the payslip immediately online after the archive
process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, you can now set the
number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view the payslip
only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.11.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.11.4.1. Access and View Payslip – PDF Version using SSHR


This feature enables employees to view their payslips in Oracle Self-Service Human
Resources (SSHR) though the Employee Self-Service responsibility. Users can configure
the predefined template to customize their payslip and use the XML Publisher engine to
generate a PDF document.
This feature is forward ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (China) 53
3.12. Oracle HRMS (Denmark)

3.12.1. Release 12.1.2

3.12.1.1. Use Balance Reporting Architecture


To improve the performance of payroll processing and reporting, Oracle Payroll for
Denmark has enabled the Run Balance model. The application now saves the run
balances for important balance values, thus avoiding expensive balance fetches from run
results. This improves performance significantly. To use this feature, submit the
concurrent process Generate Run Balances for all the invalid balances. The Run Balance
Diagnostic Report must be run to verify if any of the run balances are invalid.

3.12.1.2. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances


Beginning with R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances in the database even
after the balance adjustment process is run. This improves the performance of balance
retrieval in the Denmark localization. This feature requires no additional setup.

3.12.1.3. View Magtape Output Window


Oracle Payroll for Denmark now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape output
files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the View Payroll
Process Results window, select the completed magtape process, and click View Output.

3.12.1.4. View Absence Statistics Report


To meet the legislative requirements of the Statistics Denmark, Oracle Payroll for
Denmark provides the Absence Statistic Report with R12.1.2. This report is based on
reported absence periods in Oracle HRMS. This report is an electronic file that provides
various absence types of employees. To run this report, users must map their absence
types to the respective absence codes using the new flexfield provided in the Absence
Types window.

3.12.1.5. View Additional Labor Cost Report


The Denmark Additional Labor Cost Report to Statistics Denmark is available in
R12.1.2. This report is not an electronic report, but is based on a form from the
organization.

3.12.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.12.2.1. E- Holiday Card


In Denmark, employers have to report holiday information about accrual, entitlements,
and payments for all hourly paid staff and any terminated salaried employee. This
information can either be reported to FerieKonto or on holiday cards.

If the employer belongs to the Danish Employer Organization (DA) and they have a
collective agreement that indicates that they will use holiday cards for reporting the
holiday information, they must now report the data using the XML report as specified by

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 54
the DA. The DA operated a paper-based holiday card system until 2011. This system has
now been replaced by an electronic holiday card system.
All employers who use holiday cards currently are required to submit the data
electronically to the DA using the new XML format to the Electronic holiday card
system.

The holiday bank transfer system is not affected by this change, and employers who do
not belong to the DA will continue to send the employee information via PBS to the
holiday bank. The new holiday card system only affects employers who choose to use
holiday cards.
An employer cannot use holiday bank transfer if they have indicated their use of the
holiday card system, as they can only use the electronic holiday card extract. This enables
them to create the XML file for submission to the electronic holiday card system.

Customers using the holiday card currently as a manual paper based system will need to
switch to the new electronic holiday card system. They will also need to upload the data
file received from the electronic holiday card to the Oracle Payroll application. This in
turn will generate a holiday pay payment to the employee who has requested the holiday.

The process that uploads the received electronic holiday card XML file is run and
controlled by the payroll administrator. This process must be run before the payroll
process in order for the holiday pay to be paid.

3.12.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.12.3.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering predefined data for HRMS for Denmark has been
enhanced. With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files.
Each entity is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from
hrglobal.drv and the post install steps must be completed
The following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT files to LDT files:
• Fewer dependencies—only the changed entities are re-extracted and delivered
• Faster release of patches
• Fewer regressions
• Less testing impact—test only the changed entities
• Easier debugging of hrglobal issues through the use of FNDLOAD commands to
test data
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.12.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.12.4.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes as well

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 55
as run, retry or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the
payroll readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.12.5. Release 12.2.4

3.12.5.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this has been removed for the Denmark localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and
prior to the final process date. The Denmark reports have been modified to support this
feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.13. Oracle HRMS (Hong Kong)

3.13.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.13.1.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


This enhancement provides the ability to rehire a terminated assignment before the Final
Process Date, by enabling a legislation rule provided by core payroll. Code changes have
been made to ensure that there is no impact on the existing functionality when such a
rehire happens.
3.13.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.13.2.1. View Payslip Offset Days


Prior to this release, users could view the payslip immediately online after the archive
process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, a new field is available
to set the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view
the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6
3.13.3. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.13.3.1. View Magtape Output from Payroll Process Results


In previous releases, users were unable to view the output of magnetic reports files unless
the database administrator copied the reports from the backend. This release enables
users to view the magnetic output files in the Payroll Process Results window.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Hong Kong) 56
3.13.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.13.4.1. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get a desired look and feel of the payslip. The XML Publisher engine produces a PDF
document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.
3.13.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11

3.13.5.1. New Selection Criteria for IR56E Report

In this release a new parameter ‘Latest Hire Date’ has been added to the IR56E report for
users to run the report for employees whose hire date is greater than or equal to the latest
hire date. Using this new parameter, users can print the report for all employees instead
of printing one employee per report run.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14. Oracle HRMS (India)

3.14.1. Release 12.1.1

3.14.1.1. Labor Welfare Fund Deduction


The Labor Welfare Fund deduction is a legislative deduction enforced by most states in
India. The fund contributions usually consist of an employee and an employer
contribution. The deduction happens in specific months according to the legislation in
each state.
This enhancement provides an out-of-the-box solution for enabling this deduction for all
India Payroll customers. The solution consists of a set of predefined elements and
formula for calculating the deductions and contributions. Initially, the enhancement
supports the legislation followed in Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, Gujarat, Madhya
Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Tamil Nadu.

3.14.1.2. Oracle Discoverer End User Layer Support for India HRMS Payroll
Information
This enhancement delivers Oracle Discoverer ad hoc reporting folders for the India
localization.
Using these folders, users can generate ad hoc reports for the following business areas:
• HRMS Administration – Oracle Payroll (IN)
• HRMS Administration – Oracle Human Resources (IN)
• HRMS Person Information – Human Resources (IN)
• HRMS Organization Information – Human Resources (IN)

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 57
• HRMS Payslip Information – Oracle Payroll (IN)

3.14.1.3. User Interface to Submit Medical and Leave Travel Claims


You can now use Employee Self-Service to capture Medical and Leave Travel Claim
information. The user interface facilitates verification and approval of employee claims
by HR professionals. The new interfaces lead to speedier approval by removing manual
processes, and thus to higher employee satisfaction.

3.14.1.4. Support Tax Year from March to April


In some organizations in India, salary for March will be always paid in April. Since the
March salary is paid after the 31st of March (the end of the financial year), the income is
in the next financial year and the tax calendar is treated as March to February instead of
April to March. The system now supports income tax calculation and reporting for both
types of tax calendars (April to March and March to February.

3.14.2. Release 12.1.2

3.14.2.1. India Reconciliation of Electronic Funds Transfer Payments


In previous releases, for Oracle HRMS for India, the integration between Oracle Payroll
and Oracle Cash Management exists for reconciling cheque, manual, and external
payments, but not for Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) payments.
This enhancement enables you to reconcile EFT payments through integration between
Oracle Payroll and Oracle Cash Management. Automatic and manual reconciliation and
are supported for the EFT Payment type India Direct Deposit. Once the reconciliation of
an EFT payment is done, users can not roll back the magnetic transfer process.

3.14.3. Release 12.1.3

3.14.3.1. Capturing of LIC Policy Number in the Employee Tax Declaration


The LIC policy number is a unique identification number that distinguishes each policy
from others and remains unchanged for the lifetime of the policy. Oracle HRMS for India
now supports tracking the Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) policy number in addition to
the premium paid and the sum assured in the Self Service pages. You can now include
LIC Policy Number in any Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) report.

3.14.3.2. Voluntary Provident Fund Details in the Employee Tax Declaration


Oracle HRMS for India now supports capturing of Voluntary Provident Fund (VPF)
contribution details for each employee in the Employee Tax Declaration Self-Service
page. This region is hidden by default and can be made visible through personalization.
This enhancement provides the option to capture Voluntary Provident Fund contributions
either by percentage or by amount. The system will calculate the Voluntary Provident
Fund deduction amount during payroll processing based on the details provided in the
system.

3.14.3.3. Enabled Payroll Exception Reporting


The Payroll Exception Reporting feature is enabled in the India localization to allow
users to identify those employees for whom a payment is either greater than or less than a
specified variance.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 58
3.14.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.14.4.1. Full Support for Digital Signature in Form 16 and Form 12BA, and Other
Changes
This feature allows the customer to email digitally signed individual Form16, Annexure-
B and Form12BA. The concurrent program Employee Annual Tax Returns (India) now
supports these options:
• View Consolidated Form16 and Form12BA.
• Mail Individual Form16.
• Mail Individual Form12BA.
• Mail Individual Annexure-B.
When the option View Consolidated Form16 and Form12BA is chosen, a consolidated
Form16 is generated in a PDF file. If an option to mail a form is selected, the form is
emailed to the employee's email address.
The digital signature can be placed on any location on the page. A scanned signature of
the authorized signatory can by also placed on the document. The user may choose to
show the employee's job instead of position as required in Form 16.

3.14.4.2. Full Support for India Public Sector Payroll


Indian public sector companies follow a payment cycle from March through February.
They are expected to use a positive offset only in the March pay period. This
enhancement brings full support for public sector customers to handle the above offset
scenario.

3.14.4.3. India Electronic Challan Cum Return (ECR)-2012


The Electronic Challan cum Return (ERC) is a monthly return for depositing
contributions by employers to the Employees’ Provident Fund Organization (EPFO) that
must be uploaded by employers to the Employer e-Sewa Portal after registering their
establishment in the portal. This return was designed by EPFO to eliminate other reports
such as Form 5, Form 10, Form 12A, Form 3A, and Form 6A. This return may be
uploaded beginning with Wage Month March 2012.

3.14.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.14.5.1. Payslip Modeling


Payslip Modeling is enabled for India. Using Employee Self-Service, users can select the
desired salary components to simulate their payslip and perform what-if analysis
regarding their take-home salaries. Modeling also enables payroll administrators to
answer employee queries regarding their take-home pay and to perform what-if analysis
for payroll planning.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 59
3.14.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.14.6.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness, analysis, and
validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and
reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes
as well as run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure
the payroll readiness, analysis, and validation information according to their requirements
using both delivered and custom checks and rules. For example, payroll administrators
can configure readiness checks for PAN and Tax Declaration in the readiness process.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.14.6.2. Income from House Property Ceiling for Tax Exemptions


The income tax declaration by an employee will be used by the payroll process to
calculate income tax based on the income tax rules and exemptions. This enhancement
enables employees to declare the home loans taken against their house properties.
Employers can process and calculate their tax accordingly.
Employees must submit the proofs for the tax declared at the end of the year. The payroll
professional validates the proofs submitted by the employee and approves them, and the
final income tax of the financial year is calculated and deducted accordingly.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.14.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.14.7.1. Contribute to the National Pension Scheme


Employees can now contribute to National Pension Scheme and be eligible for tax
exemptions. To enable employees to record their contributions towards National Pension
Scheme, Oracle provides the new element NPS Information.
Employees can record the Permanent Retirement Account Number (PRAN) number in
the Person window. The Investment Declaration page includes the new section 80 CCD
(1B) for the contributions to the National Pension Scheme by an employee under the
corporate subscriber scheme. You can define the NPS account type for an organization
using the National Pension Scheme organization classification.
To enable employers to provide the list of NPS subscribers, a new NPS Contribution
report is available. Employers can generate this report, which includes the Corporate
Registration Number (CRA), Corporate Branch Office (CBO) Number, employee
number, PRAN, employee contribution to Tier I and Tier II, employer contribution, and
total contribution.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.14.7.2. Enable RetroPay Overlap


The RetroPay Overlap feature is enabled for India. Oracle delivers the new concurrent
program Enable Retro Overlap for all IN Business Group. If the RetroPay Overlap
feature is enabled, the application recalculates only from the latest reprocess date.
Balance adjustments occur for the rest of the periods between the earliest overlapping
date and the reprocess date. The balance adjustments are run for all payroll processes that
affect balances, such as payroll run, reversal, and so on.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 60
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.14.7.3. Access and View Payslip – PDF Version using SSHR


This feature enables employees to view their payslips though the Employee Self-Service
responsibility. Users can configure the predefined template to customize their payslip and
use the XML Publisher engine to generate a PDF document.
The feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.14.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.14.8.1. Bank IFSC Code Data Capture


This release provides the capability to capture the Bank IFSC code for the bank details
on personal and organizational payment method forms . This is also available for
Electronic Fund Transfer report.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.14.8.2. Section 10 breakup in Payslip and SOE


Prior to this release, only the consolidated amount was reported under ‘Allowance under
section 10’ in Payslip and Statement of Earnings. This Enhancement delivers a new
section ‘Allowances Exempted u/s 10’ that reports the break-up of allowances exempted
under section 10 in Payslip and Statement of Earnings. Similar to Form16, this lists all
the allowances.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.14.8.3. Assignment Set Parameter Concurrent Programs


In this release, Assignment Set has been provided as additional parameter to run the
concurrent program for selected employees. This is an optional parameter and is now
available for following concurrent programs:

• Electronic Fund Transfer Report (India)


• Employee Annual Tax Returns (India)
• End of Year Archival (India)
• Payroll Reports Archive (India)
• Provident Fund Monthly Returns Archive (India)
• Quarterly Returns Archive (India)
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.
3.14.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11

3.14.9.1. New Concurrent Program for Generating Form 12BB Report


The Form12BB report is a statutory report that acts as a proof for the employee tax
declarations submitted in the assessment year. Prior to this release this report is available
from employee self-service where employees can download, print, and submit the report
to the payroll team along with the proofs of the declaration. In this release, this feature is
enabled for Payroll Administrator to generate the Form12BB for employees who do not
have access to Employee self-service.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 61
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14.9.2. Supporting Multiple Landlord Details in House Rent Information


The landlord details are recorded in the House Rent details section of the Tax Declaration
page. This information is used in the statutory reports and employers submit the data to
the Income Tax authorities. Prior to this release, employees can only view and update the
landlord information of the current landlord.
When employees reside in different residences and thus have multiple landlords, they are
unable to enter, view, or change the information. In this release employees can enter,
view, and change the landlord details within the financial year for multiple landlords.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.
Reporting Income Tax Breakup Section in SOE
Prior to this release income tax breakups were not displayed in the SOE report. Now,
SOE report displays the employee tax breakup details. The tax components such as
Rebate under Section 87A, Tax after Rebate under Section 87A, Surcharge, Education
Cess, Secondary and Higher Education Cess, Total Tax Liability, Tax paid till date, and
Balance tax have been added in the SOE report.
Additionally, a new region which includes the Total amount, Paid YTD, and Balance
YTD information has been added.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14.9.3. Supporting Electronic Challan Cum Return (ECR) version 2


ECR is a mandatory file to be submitted online by the Employer to EPFO every month.
The concurrent program ‘India Electronic Challan Cum Return’ generates either an e-text
or a PDF version depending on whether users select the ECR or the Arrears report. Now
ECR version 2 is provided which generates based on the UAN.
UAN, Gross Wages, EDLI Wages, and Arrears EDLI Wages have been introduced as
part of ECR V2. ECR V2 serves an audit report to view the ECR and the arrears values
in the PDF format.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14.9.4. Provident Fund Calculation for International Workers

Prior to this release Provident Fund calculations of international workers are not
supported. In this release employee can be configured as International Worker and
accordingly PF/EPS/EDLI are calculated.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14.9.5. Form16 and Form12BB from Employee Self Service


Prior to this release viewing of Form 16 and Form 12BB is not available from Employee
Self-Service. Now it is made available from employee Self-Service and professional user
self-service. This feature enables employees to view their Form16 and Form12BB from
Employee Self-service, They can choose the assessment year to display and can view the
previous year reports.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 62
3.14.9.6. Password Protection for Form-16 & Form-12BB
Form16 and Form12BB reports contain the employee compensation related information,
which is sensitive information. These reports are now password protected to ensure
security. This feature was not available prior to this release.

Users can configure their password at the business group level using the new Descriptive
flex field Self Service Reports Password.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14.9.7. Income Tax Proration to also use Projected Termination Date


Prior to this release income tax proration is based only on the Actual termination date
only. The application now enables users to consider the employee’s projected termination
date instead of the Actual Termination date so that the tax projections calculated are
minimal and the tax refund can be minimized from Income Tax department.
Payroll administrator can set the profile option ‘IN: Projection on Projected Termination
Date’ as Yes to calculate the tax projection computation.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14.9.8. Payroll wise Search in Tax Declaration Search Page


Prior to this release Tax Declaration Search page does not allow users to search for
employees based on their payroll. Due to this, the payroll administrator cannot view or
modify the employee tax declaration data based on their payroll. Now payroll
administrator can search employees based on their payroll.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14.9.9. Password Protection for Payslip


Pay slips received through email are now password protected. Users can configure the
password at the business group of the organization.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14.9.10. Copy Previous Year Tax Declaration in Employee Self-Service


In this release feature is provided which enables employees to copy their previous year
declared Tax declaration data to the current financial year.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.14.10. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.14.10.1. Submit and Verify Investment Proofs Using SSHR


In this release, Oracle delivers a new Self Service page to enable employees to upload
and verify their investment proofs for tax declaration purposes. The Tax Declaration
information window at the GRE/Legal Entity Organization classification level now
includes the field Lock Upload Proofs, which, when set to Yes, restricts employees from
uploading after the specified date. Oracle provides a new element, Extra Information,
which enables a payroll administrator to record the document name, whether the
investment is for Section 80CCE, and the name of the investment.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 63
Once an employee uploads the investments, a professional user can search, verify
attached proofs, and approve the declared investment proofs for tax processing. In case of
discrepancy between the amounts, depending on the values entered previously with the
proofs attached, the payroll professional can update the amount and use the updated
amount for tax calculations.
3.14.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10

3.14.11.1. Income Tax Register report through Employee Self-Service


With this release a new Income Tax Register report is provided through Employee Self
Service. It shows the details of the salary components with the actual amount paid till
current period and the projected salary for remaining pay periods. Similar to Form16, this
lists all the allowances.

3.14.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12

3.14.12.1. Excel Report for Annual TDS Return Form


The Annual TDS Return Report is an e-text file specified by the Income tax department
that must be submitted by the employer every quarter. This file contains raw data that
cannot be verified by the payroll administrator. In this release, Annual TDS Report is
provided in spreadsheet format also for easy reconciliation and verification of data before
submitting to Income tax department.

3.15. Oracle HRMS (Ireland)

3.15.1. Release 12.1.2

3.15.1.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support is provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management (CE)
with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Ireland. This feature enables users to
reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement.
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll based
on the payment file processes that have been run.

3.15.1.2. Report Payroll Exception


This feature is enabled in the Ireland localization to allow users to identify those
employees for whom the payment is either greater than or less than a specified variance.

3.15.1.3. Use Purge Process


The Purge process provided by Oracle Payroll enables users to delete unneeded data from
the payroll tables to free up space and improve performance. The concurrent process
Archive Payments and Deductions for Payslip is provided to archive the historic payslip
information.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 64
3.15.1.4. Group Action Parameters
Oracle Payroll for Ireland now provides the flexibility of defining payroll action
parameters at a non-global level. The Pay Action Parameter Groups feature enables you
to group the action parameters and their values, associating them with particular
processes.

3.15.1.5. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances


Beginning with R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance
adjustment process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval. There is
no additional setup to use this feature.

3.15.1.6. View Cost Allocations


Oracle Payroll for Ireland enables you to view an assignment’s costing details in the
View Cost Allocation page before running the Costing process.

3.15.1.7. View Magtape Output Window


Oracle Payroll for Ireland now enables you to easily access the magnetic tape output files
(.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the View Payroll
Process Results window, select the completed magtape process, and click the view
Output.

3.15.1.8. National Employment Survey (NES) Report


The Ireland National Employment Survey report is now available in R12.1.2. Before
running this report, you must ensure that you have completed the setup for the other
survey report, the Earnings Hours and Employment Cost Survey (EHECS). This report
uses the data from the EHECS report also. You must also feed the new balances for the
NES report with the relevant user elements.

3.15.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.15.2.1. Enhanced RetroPay Support


Enhanced RetroPay functionality has been delivered for Ireland in 12.1.HRMS RUP 8.
You can enable this feature by running the Generic Upgrade Mechanism concurrent
program with the option Enable Enhanced RetroPay. This program ensures that the
functionality of Enhanced RetroPay is enabled for Ireland payrolls.
Once the user enables this feature, the following functionalities on Retro become obsolete
and are no longer available:
• RetroPay by Element
• RetroPay
This feature has not been forward-ported to any subsequent release.

3.15.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11

3.15.3.1. New Look-up RPN Report


The RPN report has to run prior to every payroll run to ensure that employer applies
current PAYE/PRSI codes. To facilitate this process new concurrent program ‘IE New

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 65
Lookup RPN Archive’is now available. This program generates JSON file containing
new employee details such as the Employer PAYE, Start Date, and End Date. The report
then must be sent to the Revenue so that new employee details are registered to generate
a unique RPN Id. This concurrent program is part of the PAYE modernization and is
similar to existing P46 report.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.15.3.2. IE Data Alignment Report.


As part of the PAYE modernization project, an employee’s data with the employer must
be the same as the data available with the Revenue. Two new concurrent programs are
provided for ensuring synchronization. A new concurrent program “IE Data Alignment
Archive” archives the employee data for each employer. Another concurrent program
‘IE Data Alignment Report” creates a report of the employee details in a specified format
such as CSV or XML.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.15.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12

3.15.4.1. PAYE Modernization


As a part of Ireland PAYE Modernization, the following reports have been
introduced/changed:

• IE New Lookup RPN Report


The RPN report has to run prior to every payroll run to ensure that employer applies
current PAYE/PRSI codes. To facilitate this process new concurrent program ‘IE New
Lookup RPN Archive is now available. This program generates JSON file containing
new employee details such as the Employer PAYE, Start Date, and End Date. The report
then must be sent to the Revenue so that new employee details are registered to generate
a unique RPN Id. This concurrent program is part of the PAYE modernization and is
similar to existing P46 report.

• IE Lookup RPN Report


The RPN report has to run prior to every payroll run to ensure that employer applies
current PAYE/PRSI codes. To facilitate this process new concurrent program ‘IE Look
RPN Report’ is now available. This program generates JSON file containing Employee
IDs for which RPN is requested. The report then must be sent to the Revenue so that
Revenue can send RPN Response data for the employees. This concurrent program is part
of the PAYE modernization.

• Revenue Response Upload


As a part of PAYE Modernization, the Response file provided by revenue can be
uploaded in Revenue Response Upload page under ‘IE Revenue Transactions’. The
Response can be uploaded by selecting the corresponding Tax Year, Employer PAYE
Reference, Request Type and Submission Request ID.

• IE JSON Response Upload


The IE JSON Response Upload has to run prior to every payroll run to ensure that RPN
Response provided by revenue successfully uploads current PAYE/PRSI codes. To

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 66
facilitate this process new concurrent program ‘IE JSON Response Upload’ is now
available. This program uploads the RPN Response provided by revenue in application.
Prior to running this program, the user needs to upload the Response file from revenue in
Revenue Response Upload screen under ‘IE Revenue Transactions’.

• IE Payroll Submission Report


After run of every payroll, Payroll Submission is to be submitted to revenue. To facilitate
this process, two new concurrent programs are provided for ensuring synchronization. A
new concurrent program “IE Payroll Submission Archive” archives the employee data for
each employer. Another concurrent program ‘IE Payroll Submission Report” creates a
report of the employee details in JSON format.

• IE Payroll Submission Reconciliation Report


The Payroll Submission Reconciliation Report can be used to generate the Payroll
Submission Report in PDF format. The Report can be run by selecting Request ID for the
corresponding IE Payroll Submission Archive concurrent program.

• IE Rollback Process
To facilitate the rollback of PAYE Modernization reports, IE Rollback Process
concurrent program can be used. The user can select the Year, Process Type and Payroll
Process of the corresponding program to rollback it.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.15.5. Release 12.2.4

3.15.5.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Ireland localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and
prior to the final process date. The Ireland reports have been modified to support this
feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.15.6. Release 12.2.5

3.15.6.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering HRMS predefined data for Ireland has been enhanced.
With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files. Each
entity is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from
hrglobal.drv and the post install steps must be completed
The following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT files to LDT files:
• Fewer dependencies—only the changed entities are re-extracted and delivered
• Faster release of patches

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 67
• Fewer regressions
• Less testing impact—test only the changed entities
• Easier debugging of hrglobal issues through the use of FNDLOAD commands to
test data

3.15.6.2. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get the desired look and feel of the payslip, and the XML Publisher engine produces a
PDF document as output.

3.15.6.3. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes and can
run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll
readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both delivered
and custom checks and rules.

3.16. Oracle HRMS (Japan)

3.16.1. Release 12.1.2

3.16.1.1. Use Salary Payment Report in E-File


Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the salary payment report in electronic format (e-
file). You can send this report in paper form or as an e-file to the local governments at
year-end.

3.16.1.2. Receive Local Tax Data in E-File


Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports receiving local tax data from local governments in
electronic form. You can take the data into the system, and then upload it through Batch
Element Entry.

3.16.1.3. Wage Ledger/Payment Deduction Report


Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports a combined wage ledger and payment deduction
report. This combined report template meets the requirements of both individual reports,
and contains detailed payment-related information for each employee for the year. You
can submit the archive process first, and then generate the report.

3.16.1.4. Rehire Employees Before Final Processing Date


Oracle HRMS for Japan now allows you to rehire an employee before the final
processing date.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Japan) 68
3.16.1.5. Workers Register Report
Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the Workers Register report in Japanese
(Roudousha-Meibo). This report template meets the requirements of Article 107 of the
Labor Standards Law. You can submit the archive process with the employee details
report first, and then generate the report.

3.16.1.6. Employee Details Report


Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the Employee Details report in Japanese (Shain
Daicho). This report template contains the commonly used detailed employee
information. You can submit the archive process with the workers register report first,
and then generate the report.

3.16.2. Release 12.1.3

3.16.2.1. Use Separation Certificate


Oracle HRMS for Japan now provides the report to generate a Separation Certificate
when an employee leaves the company. This report template meets the requirements
specified in Clause 1 of Article 7 in the Unemployment Insurance Law of Japan. The
report is archived. The report can be sorted based on termination date, employee number,
and assignment set.

3.16.2.2. Use Withholding Income Tax for Termination Income Report


Oracle HRMS for Japan now provides a report on withholding income tax for termination
income paid. This report template meets the requirements of Clause 2 of Article 226 in
the Income Tax Law of Japan. This report is archived. You can generate this report with
parameters such as Withholding Agent, and sort it based on district code, employee
number, and assignment set.

3.16.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.16.3.1. View Payslip Offset Days


Prior to this release, users could view the payslip immediately online after the archive
process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, a new field is now
available to set the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users
can view the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.16.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.16.4.1. Support for My Number


Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the data capture for Personal Number or My
Number by employees. It also enables yo6u use it for reporting in various legislative
reports.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Japan) 69
3.16.5. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10

3.16.5.1. Salary Payment Report for E-file


With this release the legislative mandated Salary Payment Report is delivered in PDF
format. Until now, a similar report was available in a non-legislative format and it was
used for reconciliation of data with the E-file. In this release, the report is provided as
mandated by the legislation.

3.16.5.2. Unemployment Insurance Report for E-file


With the introduction of My Number, employment insurance reports in e-file are very
desirable from a security perspective. This enhancement delivers the unemployment
insurance report in e-file.

3.17. Oracle HRMS (Korea)

3.17.1. Release 12.1.3

3.17.1.1. Rehire Before Final Close for Korea


Oracle HRMS for Korea now enables users to rehire an employee before the final
processing date.

3.17.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.17.2.1. KR XML Data Extract/Upload


In 2010, NTS has introduced a new feature to extract NTS-provided employee YEA
information on their web page into a PDF. This PDF output can then be extracted into an
XML format and validated using NTS-provided APIs. The validated information can then
be uploaded into a system such as Oracle Human Capital Management. This
enhancement delivers the functionality to extract the PDF from the NTS web page into
XML, validate it, and upload into the Assignment Extra Information tables.

3.17.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.17.3.1. KR YEA XML Data Extract


The NTS provides the YEA information to every employee on its NTS website. The
employee may download the information in a PDF file from the website and use it in the
end of year processing, avoiding manual entry. Oracle Payroll uses java APIs provided
by NTS to extract the YEA information from the PDF document. The user can than
validate the information in the YEA Entry forms and finally confirm it for YEA
reporting.

The application provides for mass upload of YEA information for all employees by the
administrator. There is also support for upload of the YEA XML Data Extract through
Employee Self-Service. A new self-service page is provided that enables employees to
import and upload the XML data from the PDF file.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Korea) 70
3.17.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.17.4.1. View Payslip Offset Days


Prior to this release users could view the payslip online immediately after the archive
process. To prevent users from viewing the payslip immediately, a new field is now
available to set the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users
can view the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.17.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.17.5.1. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get a desired look and feel of the payslip. The XML Publisher engine produces a PDF
document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.18. Oracle HRMS (Kuwait)

3.18.1. Release 12.1.2

3.18.1.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Kuwait. This feature enables users to
reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement.
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based
on the payment file processes that have been run.

3.18.1.2. View Magtape Output Window


Oracle Payroll for Kuwait now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape output
files (.mf and .out) from the application.

3.18.1.3. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances


From R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the Kuwait
localization. No additional setup is needed to use this feature.

3.18.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.18.2.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Kuwait) 71
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes as well
as run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the
payroll readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.18.2.2. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get their desired look and feel, and the XML Publisher engine produces a PDF
document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.18.3. Release 12.2.4

3.18.3.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Kuwait localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and
prior to the final process date. The Kuwait reports have been modified to support this
feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.18.4. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.18.4.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering Oracle HRMS seed data for Kuwait has been enhanced.
With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files. Each
entity is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from
hrglobal.drv and the post install steps must be completed
The following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT files to LDT files:
• Fewer dependencies—only the changed entities are re-extracted and delivered
• Faster release of patches
• Fewer regressions
• Less testing impact—test only the changed entities
• Easier debugging of hrglobal issues through the use of FNDLOAD commands to
test data

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Kuwait) 72
3.19. Oracle HRMS (Mexico)

3.19.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.19.1.1. Payroll Simulator


Users can now model employee payslips using the new Payroll Simulator available
online. This feature can be used to quickly and accurately answer payslip-related
questions and address what-if scenarios such as how net pay would be impacted by
altering Tax Related Details, Earnings Details, and Deductions Details. Users can also
print a PDF copy of the model payslip.
This feature is available only to payroll professionals (administrators) via Self-Service.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.19.1.2. SS Archiver Reports (SUA extracts and SS Affiliation)


Users can now run Social Security processes by Legal Employer. This feature
significantly enhances the SS administration as it allows users to process the Social
Security reports (SUA Extract, Affiliation Report and Annual Work Incident Report) for
all GREs belonging to a Legal Employer in a single run. Social Security reports support
both run options: Legal Employer and GRE.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.19.1.3. Rehire Before Final Process Date


This feature allows customers to rehire a terminated employee before the final close date.
The Legislative Rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD is now enabled for Mexico.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2. 4.

3.19.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.19.2.1. New Integrated Daily Wage (IDW) Audit Report


A new IDW Report is now available that provides both summary and detailed
information about how the employee Integrated Daily Wage was computed per pay
period. When run in detailed mode, it provides the fixed and variable earnings that
contributed to the IDW.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.19.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.19.3.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll
process information by providing the ability to perform readiness checks, monitor payroll
processes, and perform data analysis all in a single place. In addition to payroll processes,
the Payroll Dashboard also offers payroll professionals with the ability to monitor and
analyze the Mexico social security process.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Mexico) 73
3.19.3.2. QuickPay Archiver
Mexico Payroll has been enhanced to archive payroll information for a single assignment
after running a QuickPay. The Start Archive button is visible only when the QuickPay
process and QuickPay prepayment processes are completed successfully for an
assignment. The payroll user can also easily view the QuickPay Archiver results using
the View Requests window. This new process is useful to payroll users as it can serve as
a way to rerun the archive process for just one or a few errored assignments without
having to roll back and rerun the entire archive process.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.


3.19.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.19.4.1. Use CFDI XML Payroll Payslip Version 1.2


To accommodate the new Version 1.2 layout specifications of the CFDI Payroll Payslip,
CFDI Payroll Payslip components have been updated, and layout version 1.1 has been
made obsolete.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.19.4.2. New Unit of Measure and Update (UMA) Support


Due to recent Mexico Constitution reform, the UMA (Unidad de Medida y Actualización
– Unit of Measure and Update) was created and replaces the Minimum Wage as the index
to compute Mexico payroll taxation. Updates have been delivered to comply with these
changes which impacts ISR tax, Employer State tax and Social Security calculations.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.19.4.3. Distrito Federal State Renamed to Ciudad de Mexico


To accommodate the state name change from Distrito Federal to Ciudad de Mexico, any
reference to “Distrito Federal” is being replaced with the new state name "Ciudad de
Mexico", in all applicable HR/Payroll reports.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.20. Oracle HRMS (Netherlands)

3.20.1. Release 12.1.2

3.20.1.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Netherlands. This feature enables
users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank
statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle
Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 74
3.20.1.2. Use Payroll Exception Report
This feature is enabled in the Netherlands localization to allow users to identify
employees for whom the payment is either greater than or less than a specified variance.

3.20.1.3. Group Action Parameter


Oracle Payroll for Netherlands now provides the flexibility of defining payroll action
parameters at a non-global level. The Pay Action Parameter Groups feature allows users
to group the action parameters and their values, associating them with particular
processes

3.20.1.4. View Cost Allocations


Oracle Payroll for Netherlands localization enables users to view an assignment’s costing
details using the View Cost Allocation page before running the Costing process.

3.20.1.5. View Magtape Output Window


Oracle Payroll for Netherlands now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape
output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the View
Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape process, and click the
View Output button.

3.20.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.20.2.1. Labor Cost Arrangement (LCA)


The Dutch Labour Cost Arrangement (LCA) allows an employer to pay employees tax-
free labour amounts without justification. However, when the total of payments for an
employer exceeds the threshold, the employer must pay the LCA flat rate tax for the
amount above the threshold. The LCA method is voluntary for years 2011 through 2013,
but becomes mandatory beginning in 2014. During the voluntary period an employer may
use it, for example, in 2012 and then switch back to the current legislation in 2013.
This release delivers a new seeded balance, LCA Payments, which feeds the LCA
Payments, a new Additional Organization Information Labour Cost Agreement (into
which details must be entered to enable LCA computation), and the new concurrent
program Dutch Labour Cost Agreement Audit Report which produces a PDF explaining
the LCA computation.
The Dutch Wage Report Generator uses the Organization Information and Balance values
for each period to derive the LCA tax and archive it. Users must data lock one wage
report archive for each period. The Dutch Wage Report then reports the archived value in
the tag EhOvsFrfWrkkstrg.

3.20.2.2. Digital Sickness Reporting


In the Netherlands, UWV is the Social Insurance Provider, which provides social
insurance payments for certain sickness. Previously, employers were required to provide
this information on paper. UWV now accepts digital reports (XML files).
For Digital Sickness Reporting, the user captures additional information at the following
levels:
• HR Organization
• Legal Employer

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 75
• Collective Agreement
• Person (Including Address, Phone, Contact)
• Absence
Changes have been made in related descriptive flexfields and lookups.
The following new concurrent programs are provided for archiving and reporting:
• Dutch Sickness Report
• Dutch Sickness Recovery Report
• Dutch Long Term Sickness Report
• Dutch Long Term Sickness Recovery Report
• Dutch WAZO Report
These reports produce individual XML files for each absence as per the specifications of
UWV and may be submitted to UWV using a third party tool. A summary PDF report
detailing the individual sickness reports is also produced for audit purposes.
Digital sickness reporting solution also caters to withdrawal and regeneration of these
reports.

3.20.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.20.3.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering predefined data for Netherlands HRMS has been enhanced.
With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files. Each entity
is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from hrglobal.drv
and post install steps must be run.
The following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT files to LDT files:
• Fewer dependencies—only the changed entities are re-extracted and delivered
• Faster release of patches
• Fewer regressions
• Less testing impact—test only the changed entities
• Easier debugging of hrglobal issues through the use of FNDLOAD commands to
test data
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.20.3.2. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes as well
as run, retry or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the
payroll readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 76
3.20.3.3. Online PDF Payslip
The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and the XML Publisher engine produces a
PDF document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.20.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.20.4.1. Contingent Worker


In the Dutch localization, users can now update the employee information for Contingent
Worker through Self-Service Human Resources or the Maintain Contingent Worker
template.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.21. Oracle HRMS (New Zealand)

3.21.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.21.1.1. Rehire Before Final Close


With this enhancement, this restriction preventing employees from being rehired before
the final process date has been removed for the New Zealand localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and
prior to the final process date.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.21.1.2. Support for Upgrade to Single Latest Balance Table


Previously, the Generic Upgrade for Single Latest Balance Table Upgrade process had to
be enabled for each legislation. With this release, this process is made generic and
available to all localizations. This eases the support of latest balances and ensures
performance improvements made due to the single model.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.21.1.3. Enter and Maintain PHF, SI and EA Information in HTML Pages


This enhancement enables you to enter and maintain the PHF/SI/EA information using
HTML pages. Using these pages, users can query, add, correct and delete in a user-
friendly interface.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (New Zealand) 77
3.21.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.21.2.1. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get a desired look and feel of the payslip. The XML Publisher engine produces a PDF
document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.21.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12

3.21.3.1. Support of Payday Reporting

Employers currently file employee earnings and PAYE information to Inland Revenue
each month. Payday reporting will replace current IRD EMS IR348 requirements and the
employment information is reported to the IRD every time employees are paid. Employee
income and deduction information for payday filing is provided on an Employment
Information (EI) return. Amendments to the EI are also reported by payday reporting.
Additionally Payday Reporting includes ESCT, pay dates, pay cycle, for example
weekly, monthly, ad hoc and additional information about new and departing employees.

Oracle supports the file upload from the Payroll returns account in myIR. Oracle delivers
the concurrent programs NZ Payday Report and NZ Payday Report - Amended to archive
and correct the employment information required for payday reporting.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.21.4. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.21.4.1. New Payroll Reconciliation Summary Report


Oracle HRMS for New Zealand delivers the Payroll Reconciliation Summary report for
the detailed report Payroll Reconciliation (New Zealand) (XML). This report is used to
reconcile payroll payments to employees and supports both PDF and Excel outputs.
Two new concurrent programs, Payroll Reconciliation Summary (New Zealand) (XML)
and Generate New Zealand Report (PDF or Excel), produce XML and PDF or Excel
outputs respectively.

3.21.4.2. Display Hours and Rate Information for Earnings


This enhancement enables employers to provide the hours and rates that employees have
been paid and it enables employees to view their hours and rate information for earnings
through the online payslip, statement of earnings, or pay advice.

3.21.4.3. Report Using the New KiwiSaver Employment Details E-File


Oracle HRMS for New Zealand enables employers to submit the KiwiSaver Employment
Details (KED) report electronically to notify Inland Revenue of:
• New employees who are automatically enrolled into KiwiSaver
• Existing employees who are not automatically enrolled but join KiwiSaver

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (New Zealand) 78
• Employees who have been automatically enrolled, but have opted out of
KiwiSaver

3.21.5. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10

3.21.5.1. Direct Credit (New Zealand) Excel Report


The Direct Credit (New Zealand) process results in XML file opening in browser instead
of proper report. This enhancement delivers a user-friendly spreadsheet view of the report
contents.

3.22.
Oracle HRMS (Norway)

3.22.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.22.1.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes as well
as run, retry or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the
payroll readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.22.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.22.2.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering predefined HRMS data for Norway has been enhanced.
With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files. Each
entity is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from
hrglobal.drv and post install steps must be run.
The following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT files to LDT files:
• Fewer dependencies—only the changed entities are re-extracted and delivered
• Faster release of patches
• Fewer regressions
• Less testing impact—test only the changed entities
• Easier debugging of hrglobal issues through the use of FNDLOAD commands to
test data
This feature is forward ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document


Oracle HRMS (Norway) 79
3.22.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.22.3.1. Payslip for Terminated employees


With this release, an option is provided to users to generate pay slips for terminated
employees as a separate run. The existing concurrent program Norwegian Bulk Payslip
Report (PAYNOPAYSLIP) has been modified and two additional parameters
Assignment Status and Employee Number are provided. Assignment status consists of
three options and they are 1) All Assignments 2) Active Assignments and 3) Terminated
Assignment.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.22.4. Release 12.2.4

3.22.4.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Norway localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and
prior to the final process date. The Norway reports have been modified to support this
feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.23. Oracle HRMS (Romania)

3.23.1. Release 12.2

3.23.1.1. Employee Identification


Romanian legislative requirements for name and address format, CNP (Cod Numeric
Personal, or Numerical Personal Code), identity documents, back account details,
medical assessment, and so on are supported.

3.23.1.2. Employment
This section comprises customized attributes related to different forms of employment
and the main clauses in the labor contracts: contract categories and job titles, as required
by the Romanian legislation: COR (Clasificarea Ocupatiilor din Romania, or the
Classification of Occupations in Romania). Different working conditions are supported.

3.23.1.3. Organizations
Attributes that define the employer in the Romanian legislative context for statutory
reporting purposes are supported. These attributes include reporting entities, comper’s
juridical, organizing, and property forms and official activity area codification (CAEN).

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Romania) 80
3.23.2. Release 12.2.5

3.23.2.1. Employee Self-Service


In this release HR functions are enabled in Self-Service for Romania legislation. Now
employees can update personal details, contact details, and address details using Self-
Service applications.

3.24. Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia)

3.24.1. Release 12.1.2

3.24.1.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Saudi Arabia. This feature enables
users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank
statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle
Payroll based on the payment file processes that have been run.

3.24.1.2. Display Balance Breakdown


With R12.1.2, a new region is available in the Balance form in the Saudi Arabia
localization. This region displays the balance breakdown for all of the context sensitive
balances, thus allowing users to view all the relevant balance values.

3.24.1.3. View Magtape Output Window


Oracle Payroll for Saudi Arabia localization now enables users to easily access the
magnetic tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature,
navigate to the View Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape
process, and click the View Output button

3.24.1.4. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances


With R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the Saudi Arabia
localization. No additional setup is required.

3.24.1.5. Purge Process


The Purge process provided by Oracle Payroll enables users to delete unneeded data from
the payroll tables to free up space and improve performance. The concurrent process
Archive Payments and Deductions for Payslip is provided to archive the historic payslip
information. You must run this concurrent process to archive historic data.
3.24.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.24.2.1. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and the XML Publisher engine produces a
PDF document as output.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia) 81
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.24.2.2. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes as well
as run, retry or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the
payroll readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.24.2.3. SI Calculations for Other Kuwait and United Arab Emirates Nationals
You can now ensure that the social insurance calculation complies with the percentages
stipulated by Kuwait law for Kuwait nationals working in Saudi Arabia and with the
UAE law for UAE nationals working in Saudi Arabia.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.24.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.24.3.1. Acknowledgment Letter (Public Sector)


At employee request, an employment acknowledgement is issued to identify the
employee's employment details. There are three types of acknowledgement letters:
• For Saudi employees, with salary details
• For Saudi employees, without salary details
• For non-Saudi employees, with salary details

You can generate acknowledgement letters using the concurrent program Saudi
Acknowledgement Letter (XML).
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.24.3.2. Position Control (Public Sector)


Saudi Public Sector Business Groups require different types of work structure hierarchy
to maintain the position details of employees in an organization. Saudi Position Control
delivers changes to the Position, Job, and Grade components, along with associated
validations.
For the Position component, the major validation that has been added is Reservation. An
option has been provided in the Positions EIT to reserve a position in a particular period.
A position can be reserved in a period for an entire business group, or it can be reserved
for a particular employee. When the position is reserved, no other employee can add that
position in that period.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.24.3.3. Promotion Eligibility (Public Sector)


Saudi Promotion Eligibility deals with the promotion process in an organization. The
following components have been delivered:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia) 82
• Assignment EITs for promotions – You can enter promotion details for an
employee who is eligible for promotions in a particular period.
• Saudi Promotion Eligibility Report (concurrent program) – Run this concurrent
program to generate the eligibility report, which lists employees who have been
registered for promotion.
• Web ADI Mass Upload of Promotions – Once you decide whom to promote, you
can launch a spreadsheet, update the approval details, and upload the spreadsheet
to update the position details for promoted employees.
• Saudi Promotions Decision Report (concurrent program) – Run this concurrent
program to generate the decision report, which contains the promotion details for
each employee in letter format.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.24.3.4. Military Sector Absences


In Saudi Arabia, there are various absence types for military sector employees. In this
enhancement, four major employee types are provided: Commissioned Officer Rank,
Enlisted Rank, Civilian, and Contractor. Only when a public sector employee has an
employee type that is mapped to one of these employee types, will the employee be
considered a military sector employee.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.24.4. Release 12.2.4

3.24.4.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the Saudi Arabia localization.
Now, terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date
and prior to the final process date. The Saudi Arabia reports have been modified to
support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.24.4.2. Public Sector Changes


The Payroll application for Saudi Arabia is enhanced to support Saudi Public Sector
Social Insurance changes, Saudi Public Sector position group changes, and Saudi
Government Sector Absence for a business group that is marked as a Public Sector
business group.
Public Sector SI (Public Pension Agency)
Public Pension Agency constitutes the following:
• Occupational Hazards Branch, which provides benefits in cases of employment
injuries.
• Pensions, which provides benefits in cases of non-occupational disability, old
age, and death.
The contribution for Occupational Hazards is fixed at 2% of the contributory wage, of
which 0% is payable by the employee and 2% is payable by the employer.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia) 83
The contribution for the Annuities Branch is fixed at 9% of the contributory wage, of
which 9% is payable by the employee and 0% is payable by the employer.
The calculations will be prorated until the employee’s last working day.
Saudi Public Sector Position Group
The Oracle Payroll application for Saudi Arabia delivers the following lookups for each
main position:
• SA_M_POS_1
• SA_M_POS_2
• SA_M_POS_3
• SA_M_POS_4
• SA_M_POS_5
You can create a sub-position by creating lookup values for each lookup.
The following value sets must be attached to the key flexfield segments to record the
main position and sub-positions for the business group:
• SA_MAIN_POSITION
• SA_SUB_POSITION
Saudi Government Sector Absence
The Oracle Payroll application for Saudi Arabia has been enhanced to support Saudi
Public Sector absences. Basic validation has been implemented.
Hiring Decision Number
Any government sector employee hired has a unique hiring number that must be
recorded. The Oracle Saudi Arabia localization is enhanced to record the unique hiring
number for Public Sector employees. This number has no validation.

3.24.5. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.24.5.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering HRMS predefined data for Saudi Arabia has been
enhanced. With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files.
Each entity is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from
hrglobal.drv and post install steps must be run.
The following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT files to LDT files:
• Fewer dependencies—only the changed entities are re-extracted and delivered
• Faster release of patches
• Fewer regressions
• Less testing impact—test only the changed entities
• Easier debugging of hrglobal issues through the use of FNDLOAD commands to
test data

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia) 84
3.25. Oracle HRMS (Singapore)

3.25.1. Release 12.1.2

3.25.1.1. Singapore IRAS Amendment Process


Oracle HRMS for Singapore provides users with the ability to produce government
mandated reports using the integrated features of Oracle Payroll.
Each year, employers in Singapore are required to submit employee earnings information
to the IRAS (Inland Revenue of Singapore). The personal tax amount is calculated by
IRAS based on this information.
The amendment file is required only if there are changes to amounts or fields that affect
the total amount of employment income. For example, where an employee’s income tax
is borne by the employer but the indicator had not been given earlier.
Employers do not have to send amendment files for changes to employees’ personal
details, such as address, date of birth, and so on.
In the amendment file you need only provide the difference between the original
(transmitted) amount and the actual amount. Leave all other numeric fields, which were
not affected by the error in income or deductions, blank.
Example: the income or deduction amount is under or over reported in the earlier
transmission.
Actual Salary = $25,000
Original Transmission = $21,000
Amended record should be shown as $4,000
Actual Bonus = $6,000
Original transmission = $8,000
Amended record should be shown as -$2,000

3.25.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.25.2.1. View Payslip Offset Days


Prior to this release users could view the payslip online immediately after the archive
process. To control when users can start viewing a payslip, a new field is now available
to set the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view
the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.25.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.25.3.1. Online PDF Payslip

The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get a desired look and feel of the payslip. The XML Publisher engine produces a PDF
document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Singapore) 85
3.25.3.2. Bank Swift Code Data Capture
Oracle Payroll for Singapore now provides the capability to capture the Bank SWIFT
code for the bank details on personal and organizational payment method forms.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.25.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11

3.25.4.1. New format of Direct Deposit (Singapore IBG format)

The Direct Deposit (Singapore IBG format) is enhanced to include the new Bank SWIFT
code and other format changes. A new concurrent program process called ‘Direct Deposit
(Singapore Enhanced IBG format)’ has been delivered for the new format of the Direct
Deposit magtape file.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.25.4.2. Summary Totals for All Balances in Four End of Year Reports
This enhancement enables users to print the summary totals of all employees for each
EOY report. Prior to this, only individual employee balances were being reported which
was difficult to reconcile. Users can now view the totals for the reports to reconcile the
data for all employees. A new concurrent program ‘Generate IRAS Summary Report’ has
been delivered which prints the summary totals for each report or all reports in one single
run.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.25.5. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.25.5.1. View Magtape Output from Payroll Process Results


In earlier releases, users were unable to view the output of magnetic reports files unless
the DBA copied the reports from the backend. This release enables users to view the
magnetic output files on the Payroll Process Results window.

3.26. Oracle HRMS (South Africa)

3.26.1. Release 12.1.2

3.26.1.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in South Africa. This feature enables
users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank
statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle
Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 86
3.26.1.2. Display Balance Breakdown
From R12.1.2, a new region is available in the Balance form in the South Africa
localization. This region displays the balance breakdown for all of the context sensitive
balances, thus allowing users to view all the relevant balance values.

3.26.1.3. View Cost Allocations


Oracle Payroll for South Africa enables users to view an assignment’s costing details
using the View Cost Allocation page before running the Costing process.

3.26.1.4. View Magtape Output Window


Oracle Payroll for South Africa localization now enables users to easily access the
magnetic tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature,
navigate to the View Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape
process, and click the View Output button.

3.26.1.5. Use EMP201 Report


The EMP201 Report is delivered in R12.1.2. This report helps users complete the
EMP201 return.

3.26.1.6. Use Net to Gross Functionality


The Net to Gross functionality for Annual Bonus and Annual payments is now available
in Oracle Payroll for South Africa.
To enable this feature, the following components have been delivered:
• New classifications and balances
• Enabling of Run Types
• Model elements for reference to create user elements
Net to Gross processing of periodic payments is not supported.

3.26.1.7. Run the Tax Year End Data Validation Report at any Time
A new concurrent program Interim Tax Year End Data Validation Report in Oracle
Payroll for South Africa now enables the Tax Year End Data Validation Report to run at
any time during the tax year. This does not submit the Preprocess. Using this report, users
can identify certain data errors in time to rectify them before they get to the Tax Year
End.

3.26.2. Release 12.1.3

3.26.2.1. Payroll Exception Reporting


This feature is enabled in the South Africa localization to allow users to identify those
employees for whom the payment is either greater than or less than a specified variance.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 87
3.26.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.26.3.1. Tax Register Report (XML)

This release delivers two new concurrent programs, Tax Register Report Archiver and
Tax Register Report (XML), for South Africa legislation. Together, they generate the
new Tax Register Report in PDF format using BI Publisher technology. The report can be
run in multiple threads and has been designed to improve the performance of the Tax
Register Report. The new concurrent programs have been added to the following request
groups:

• ZA HRMS Reports and Processes


• ZA SHRMS Reports and Processes

3.26.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.26.4.1. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and the XML Publisher engine produces a
PDF document as output.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.26.4.2. Tax Loaders


The mechanism of delivering HRMS predefined data for South Africa has been
enhanced. With this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files.
Each entity is delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from
hrglobal.drv and post install steps must be run.
The following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT files to LDT files:
• Fewer dependencies—only the changed entities are re-extracted and delivered
• Faster release of patches
• Fewer regressions
• Less testing impact—test only the changed entities
• Easier debugging of hrglobal issues through the use of FNDLOAD commands to
test data
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.26.4.3. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes as well
as run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 88
payroll readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.26.5. Release 12.2.4

3.26.5.1. View and Print Income Tax Certificates via Employee Self-Service
The Oracle Payroll application’s Self-Service now enables users to view and print
Income Tax Certificates.
The South Africa Tax Year End (Feb) Process must be marked as Final.
A new concurrent program, Generate Self-Service Certificates, takes the Tax Year End
Pre Process request ID as a parameter and marks this as final. The Tax Year End Pre
Process request ID will be locked for rollback. If the user incorrectly locks any Tax Year
End Pre Process request ID, they can roll back this Generate Self-Service Certificates
process and then the original Tax Year End Preprocess.
Once the process Generate Self-Service Certificates is completed, employees can view or
download the PDF certificate from the Self-Service page IRP5/IT3A Certificates by
selecting the Tax Year from the list of values and then clicking Go.

3.26.6. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.26.6.1. Payroll Simulator


Users can now model employee payslips using the new Payroll Simulator available
online. This feature can be used to quickly and accurately answer payslip-related
questions and address what-if scenarios such as how net pay would be impacted by
altering Tax Related Details, Earnings Details and Deductions Details. Users can also
print a PDF copy of the model payslip. This feature is available only to payroll
professionals (administrators) via Self-Service.

3.27. Oracle HRMS (UAE)

3.27.1. Release 12.1.2

3.27.1.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in UAE. This feature enables users to
reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement.
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based
on the payment file processes that have been run.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UAE) 89
3.27.1.2. View Magtape Output Window
Oracle Payroll for UAE localization now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape
output files (.mf and .out) from the application.

3.27.1.3. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances


From R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the UAE
localization. No additional setup is required.
3.27.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.27.2.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes as well
as run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the
payroll readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.27.3. Release 12.2.4

3.27.3.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date set for a previously terminated employment.
This restriction has been removed for the United Arab Emirates localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and
prior to the final process date. The United Arab Emirates reports have been modified to
support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.27.4. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.27.4.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering predefined HRMS data for UAE has been enhanced. With
this release the data is delivered through LDT files instead of PDT files. Each entity is
delivered via a separate LDT file. These LDT files are still called from hrglobal.drv and
post install steps must be run.
The following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT files to LDT files:
• Fewer dependencies—only the changed entities are re-extracted and delivered
• Faster release of patches
• Fewer regressions
• Less testing impact—test only the changed entities

• Easier debugging of hrglobal issues through the use of FNDLOAD commands to


test data

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UAE) 90
3.28. Oracle HRMS (UK)

3.28.1. Release 12.1.2

3.28.1.1. Upgrade Latest Balance Table


With R12.1.2, Oracle Payroll for UK provides a feature for upgrading the latest balance
table to improve performance. After enabling this feature, the application maintains the
latest balance values in a single table, PAY_LATEST_BALANCES, instead of in the two
tables PAY_PERSON_LATEST_BALANCES and
PAY_ASSIGNMENT_LATEST_BALANCES.
To enable this feature, submit the concurrent process Generic Upgrade Mechanism with
the parameter Single Latest Balance Table Upgrade.

3.28.1.2. Partial Period Accruals


Oracle Payroll for UK now provides a feature for estimating costs when accounting
periods do not coincide with the payroll periods. Users can now include estimated costs
at the end of an accounting period and then replace these estimates with the actual costs
when they become available. This is useful when end dates for accounting periods and
payroll periods do not coincide.

3.28.1.3. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in UK. This feature enables users to
reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement.
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based
on the payment file processes that have been run.

3.28.1.4. View Cost Allocations


Oracle Payroll for UK localization enables users to view an assignment’s costing details
using the View Cost Allocation page before running the Costing process.

3.28.1.5. View Magtape Output Window


Oracle Payroll for UK localization now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape
output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the View
Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape process and click the
View Output button.

3.28.1.6. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances


From R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the UK localization.
There is no additional set up to be performed to use this feature.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 91
3.28.1.7. Use the Keep in Touch Days Field
Oracle Payroll for UK now provides the data changes to ensure that the field Keep in
Touch Days, on clicking, opens the Additional Adoption/Maternity Details Info and not
the Additional Maternity Details Information descriptive flexfield.

3.28.1.8. P6/P9 Output


The UK SOY process is now modified to ensure that the P6/P9 output report includes the
Employer PAYE Reference number. Additionally, the records in the P6/P9 output will
now be grouped by the Employer PAYE reference number.

3.28.1.9. View SOE Balances


To enable UK users to view all the balances that are configured using the user table SOE
Balances, the restriction to display only 12 balances in the SOE has been removed.

3.28.2. Release 12.1.3

3.28.2.1. BI Publisher (eText) Reports


The following existing EDI reports are now available in BI Publisher format in addition
to the Magtape format:
• WNU (Works Number Update report to HMRC)
• P46 New Starter Notification (in-year filing report)
• P46EXPAT Starter Notification(in-year filing report)
The BI Publisher format reports are available under the relevant processes for WNU, P46
and P46EXPAT.
The format of the EDI files is identical regardless of which process is used to create them
and customers still need to submit them to HMRC in the same way.

3.28.2.2. Start Of Year (SOY) Future Changes Validation check


A new feature for Start of Year process has been introduced to give users flexibility to
enable or disable the Tax code uplift process. This will allow the override of Tax Code
for assignments with an existing change on the effective date of the process. Actual
future dated changes will still cause an error. This feature is available in the Start of Year
mode of the Tax code Uplift process.
The SOY process would interpret these records as a special update cases and update the
following details regardless of any existing changes on the same date:
• Clear down the previous P45 figures
• Change the tax basis
• Change the NI director processing flag
• Uplift the tax code

3.28.2.3. Defaulting PAYE Aggregation for Secondary Assignments


It is now possible to set the PAYE Aggregation flag by default each time a secondary
assignment is created using the system profile option HR: GB Default Aggregation. This

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 92
automated functionality behaves in the same way as when the PAYE Aggregation flag is
set manually.

3.28.2.4. School Workforce Census Reporting (Public Sector)


Public Sector customers who need to submit school census data to the Department for
Children Schools and Families (DCSF) can now use the new feature that will allow them
to create the XML files for submission. This new functionality features a new
configuration module called School Workforce Census and it allows users to map their
existing data to be extracted as per the requirements from the DCSF. The enhancement
also introduces new user interfaces and EITs to capture the data required for the census as
an alternative to the configuration module.
A new concurrent process is introduced which will extract the data and create an
exception report and the XML data files for the modules required by DCSF.
The five modules provided by the SWFC process are:
• Basic Staff Details
• Contract Details
• Qualifications (optional)
• Absence
• LA Level count of Educational Psychologists

3.28.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4

3.28.3.1. New Manager SSHR Region to Record Evidence for Sickness Absence
A new Manager Self-Service region is available on the Create Absence page. The
manager can enter or update the Evidence information on sickness absences here.
This was previously only available in the Professional User Interface for the UK
legislation.
Using this extended functionality in SSHR, managers can:
• Create new Evidence information records for a sickness absence
• Update existing Evidence information records for a sickness absence

3.28.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.28.4.1. Payroll Groups


In earlier releases, payrolls are processed individually. With this enhancement you can
process multiple payrolls as a group.
A new user interface is provided to define the payroll groups. Additional concurrent
programs for Payroll Run, Pre-Payments, RetroPay, BACS Process, Cheque Writer
Process, and Payslip Generation are delivered. These new concurrent programs contain a
parameter for Payroll Group.
The existing functionality of Payroll Processes will remain the same. If only the Multi-
Payroll processes are required, you can add the desired concurrent program to the request
group of the corresponding responsibility.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 93
3.28.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.28.5.1. Ability to Capture Disability Information in Self-Service


A new Self-Service process flow enables employees to enter disability information using
Employee Self-Service. Once entered, the disability information can be viewed and
updated as and when required by the employee.
This enhancement provides increased capability to employees to update disability
information accurately and at their own discretion. This feature further reduces the
dependency on the HR administrator to update the information in the professional user
interface.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.28.5.2. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness and validation
information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and reduce
costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes as well
as run, retry. or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the
payroll readiness and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.28.5.3. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined template
to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and XML Publisher engine produces a
PDF document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.28.5.4. Payroll Simulator


Users can now model employee payslips using the new Payroll Simulator available
online. This feature can be used to quickly and accurately answer payslip related
questions and address what-if scenarios such as how net pay would be impacted by
altering tax related details, earnings and deductions details. Users can also print a PDF
copy of the model payslip. This feature is available only to payroll professionals
(administrators) through Self-Service.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6..

3.28.5.5. EYU Reconciliation Report


A new report named RTI EYU Run Reconciliation Report has been delivered. This report
gets spawned automatically when the RTI - Earlier Year Update Process (EYU) 2014/15
Program is run. In essence, the reconciliation report shows all the information on
employees/assignments extracted onto the EDI file and this report is similar to the one
from EYU extract.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 94
3.28.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.28.6.1. Leaver’s Payroll


The Leaver’s Payroll functionality enables users to calculate the outstanding earnings of a
leaver which must be paid within the previous pay period, if the employee leaves the
organization between the 1st and the 5th day of a month. The new concurrent process
Leavers Run UK must be run in addition to the Normal Payroll Run UK. This process
ensures that the leavers are processed as expected, similar to a supplementary run.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.28.6.2. FPS Merging


This feature enables merging of following two processes into a single process:
• RTI - Full Payment Submission (FPS) - Additional Reporting (for FPS for Late
leavers mode only)
• RTI - Full Payment Submission Process (FPS) 2015/16.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.28.6.3. GB Default Aggregation via SSHR


This feature ensures that the NI and PAYE aggregation flags are defaulted, when hiring
an applicant into a secondary assignment via SSHR. Once the Profile HR: GB Default
Aggregation is set, NI and PAYE aggregation flags are set by default.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.
3.28.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.28.7.1. Employee Claims


With this release a new function is provided in Self-service HR, which enables the
employees to make claims which can be paid through payroll. Claims can be monetary or
time worked. This function is seamlessly integrated with approvals management so that
claims can be routed through approval cycle.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.28.7.2. RTI Processes – Debugging


Following RTI Processes have been enhanced; a new debugging option has been added to
these processes along with additional parameters of Debug Mode and Person Name. This
can be used to generate the required PYUPIP trace file for investigation.
• RTI - P60 Archive Process
• RTI - Earlier Year Update Process (EYU) 2012/13
• RTI - Earlier Year Update Process (EYU) 2013/14
• RTI - Earlier Year Update Process (EYU) 2015/16
• RTI - Earlier Year Update Process (EYU) 2016/17
• RTI - Full Payment Submission Process (FPS) 2016/17
• RTI - Full Payment Submission Process (FPS) 2017/18

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 95
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.28.7.3. Previous Employment P60s through Admin Search


Employers are required to provide their employees with a P60 at the end of the tax year
to report certain values including details of earnings, Tax and NI deducted. For this it is
required that the previous employment assignments P60 records should be available
online. With this release, advanced search has been enhanced. With this enhancement,
managers and Payroll administrator can see the employees P60s after rehire. All
assignments including previous and current employments are listed in P60.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.28.7.4. Default Aggregation through SSHR


To improve performance of P60 Report, Multi threading option has been implemented
for P60 report in the same lines of RTI Year to Date Reconciliation report. A new
concurrent program named ‘RTI - Year End P60 (Multi Threaded) Wrapper program’ is
delivered and it is added to seeded request groups.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.28.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11

3.28.8.1. EDI Decommissioning Support


Due to HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) decommissioning of the Electronic Data
Interchange (EDI) channel and replacing with XML service, the following features are
available in this release so that users can migrate from EDI to the XML channel.
A complete B2B solution is provided for both Inbound and Outbound files. The solution
provides users with the option to send /receive the files via a third party file transfer
software. Existing concurrent program have been revised to support XML Channel of
submission.
To accommodate the above requirement:
Nnew user interfaces have been delivered.

• Authentication: HMRC Login Credentials – provides users the ability to record


the HMRC login credentials required for XML Channel of Submission. Users
can record the Sender ID and Value.
• Submitting XML Files to HMRC – allows users to upload files to HRMC
Gateway.
• Retrieving XML Files from HMRC - provides for retrieval of files from HMRC
DPS system.

New concurrent programs are available for submission.


• GB XML Submissions
• GB XML Data Request
• GB IRMark Generator

New concurrent programs are available for retrieval.


• GB XML Data Retrieval
• GB XML Data Upload to Interface Table

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 96
• GB XML Data Upload
• GB Bulk XML Retrieval

A new concurrent program is available for purging the data.


• Purge HMRC Data Upload Table

Note: For more details see MOS Note ID: 2287642.1


This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.28.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12

3.28.9.1. Reporting Name changes for Court Order Elements


For the following elements listed below, reporting names have been revised, to make it
more meaningful and clear to the end user.

Element Name Current Reporting Reporting


Name Name Suggested
by User
Court Order NTPP Attachment Orders Attachment Order
NTPP [note: also singular
rather than plural]
Court Attachment Attachment Order
Order Orders [singular]

Direct Earnings Direct Earnings Direct Earnings


Attachment NTPP Attachment Attachment
NTPP
Court Order Non Court Order Non Attachment Order
Priority NTPP Priority Non Priority

Court Order Non None Attachment Order


Priority

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.28.9.2. P60 Reports – Statutory Address Changes


The statutory address details (Work Structures > Organization>Others>Tax details
References>Stat Address) currently has a maximum limit of 60 characters. However the
statutory address is larger and needs to be amended to 70 characters.

To accommodate this requirement, the length of statutory Address value set has been
extended to hold 70 characters.

All the formats listed below reflect the address change:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 97
• HMRC Single Sheet Portrait
• P60 (Substitute) Prolog Print Media Type LE(P)
• P60 (Substitute) (Oracle UK) Plain Paper
• P60 (Substitute) (Oracle UK) eP60
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.28.9.3. NI Category Update When Employee Reaches State Pension Age


Within the UK, when an employee reaches state pension age, there is no longer a
requirement to pay primary (employee) Class 1 NI contributions. However, the
secondary (employer) contributions continue to be due. A specific NI category (C) is
allocated to employees who reach SPA in order to handle this requirement.

Existing concurrent Program 'RTI GB Update NI Category' now handles automatic


update of NI category to C for any relevant employee who reach state pension age.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.28.10. Release 12.2

3.28.10.1. Element Register Report enabled


The Element Register Report is now available with this release from the Submit Request
window for UK HRMS. This report is added to the following request groups:
• UK HRMS Reports and Processes
• UK SHRMS Reports and Processes

3.28.11. Release 12.2.4

3.28.11.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


Prior to this release there was a restriction wherein employees could not be rehired before
the final process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction has been removed for the United Kingdom
localization. Now, terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard
process date and prior to the final process date. The United Kingdom reports have been
modified to support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 98
3.29. Oracle HRMS (US)

3.29.1. Release 12.1.2

3.29.1.1. Cash Management Integration with US Payroll for EFT (NACHA)


Reconciliation
This feature allows users to perform bank reconciliation in Oracle Cash Management for
EFT (NACHA) Payroll payments that originate in Oracle US Payroll.

3.29.1.2. Select Custom Template When Printing Employee W-2’s


This feature provides the ability to select a custom W-2 template when generating or
printing Employee W-2s using the PDF-based Employee W-2 report. This is useful when
there is a need to reprint a W-2 for an employee from a prior year using that year's W-2
layout or to generate or print out consolidated employee W-2s for record keeping.

3.29.1.3. XML-Based Employer W-2 to be Filed With the State Report


Prior to this release, users who filed paper Employer W2s with state agencies had to use
preprinted forms from a third party. This feature provides an XML-based report that
produces the Employer W-2 output in PDF format. Users can now reduce costs by
printing the W-2s on blank paper without having to order preprinted forms from a third
party.

3.29.2. Release 12.1.3

3.29.2.1. Produce Printable and Customizable Online Payslips


This release introduces a new XML-based online payslip which provides printable PDF
output. The new XML template now available will make it easier for users to customize
the payslips according to their business needs. Enhancements have also been made to
improve performance when selecting online payslips.
3.29.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.29.3.1. New XML-Based Third Party Check Writer Process


The Third Party Check Writer process is now XML-based, meaning it can be used to
produce third party checks in PDF format based on either the delivered template or a
custom template according to business needs.

3.29.3.2. Override State Withholding Lines in Self-Service


Payroll administrators can now override the state income tax withholding links that are
visible to employees in Self-Service. This allows them to update any withholding links
that have been changed by the state and have not yet been delivered by Oracle in a patch.
Administrators may also add local withholding links if desired (these are not maintained
by Oracle).

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 99
3.29.3.3. New Override Check Date for Check Writer (XML) Report
To enable overriding the check date on payroll checks produced using the Check Writer
(XML) report, a new report Check Writer (XML) – Override Payment Date has been
delivered which includes the additional parameter Override Check Date. This allows
payroll managers to override check dates if they need to replace or reissue a check
without having to roll back costing and other payroll processes or to issue a manual
payment via Accounts Payable.

3.29.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.29.4.1. Employees Can Now Model Their Paychecks Online


Employees can now model their paycheck using the new Paycheck Modeler available
online. This a paycheck calculator that can be used by individuals to quickly and
accurately answer paycheck-related questions and address what-if scenarios such as how
their net pay would be impacted by an increase to their 401K deduction or by a change to
their federal or state filing status from single to married. Employees can even print a PDF
copy of their model paycheck results. This feature is available to both employees and
payroll professionals (administrators) via SSHR. Giving employees the ability to model
their own paycheck can help reduce payroll department overhead costs and boost
employee morale.

3.29.4.2. Employee W-2c Now Available Online


Employees can now access their W-2c copies online along with their W-2. Previously,
only employee W-2s were available online. If a corrected W-2 had to be issued, only hard
copies could be produced and mailed, resulting in longer wait times for employees. With
the W-2c being made available online, employees can now view and download their
corrected W-2 immediately after it has been generated.

3.29.4.3. New XML-Based Employee W-2c PDF Report More Versatile and Robust
Along with making the Employee W-2c available online, a new XML-based W-2c report
has been delivered which can be used to produce Employee W-2c PDF copies on blank
forms, thus reducing company costs if corrective W-2s need to be provided to employees.

3.29.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.29.5.1. Support for Local Employer Taxes


Prior to this release, local employer taxes like Denver and Aurora OPT in Colorado and
Tri-County Metropolitan Transportation District Tri-Met employer taxes in Oregon were
not supported out of the box. Instead, customers had to create their own user-defined
elements and requisite fast formulas, resulting in additional overhead costs to build and
maintain. Support for these and other select local employer taxes is now being delivered,
which will help customers more easily and quickly comply with local employer taxation.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.29.5.2. Support for State Tax Levies


Unlike Federal tax levies, no standard rules exist for state tax levies. This results in many
different exemption and calculations that vary greatly across the fifty states. Previously,
state tax levies were not supported out of the box, which put the burden on customers to

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 100
create and maintain their own state tax levy involuntary deductions. This release delivers
the necessary infrastructure to support state tax levies out of the box for all states
resulting in much needed cost savings for customers and reducing the potential for costly
calculation errors.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.29.5.3. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness, analysis, and
validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and
reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes
as well as run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure
the payroll readiness, analysis and validation information according to their requirements
using both delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.29.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.29.6.1. Support for Local Pre-tax Taxability Rules


Taxability rules are now supported at the local level for the pre-tax deduction category.
Prior to now, payroll taxability rules were only delivered at the federal and state levels,
requiring customers to maintain their own local taxability rules if they differed from the
state level. With pre-tax taxability rules now being delivered by Oracle, much less
custom maintenance is required resulting in much needed cost savings to the payroll
administrator.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.29.6.2. Electronic Payments for State Tax Levies


State tax levy payments for the states of Minnesota and Wisconsin can now be handled
electronically in order to comply with those states' requirements.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.29.6.3. Simplified Employee Tax Record Display


The employee tax rules form has been enhanced to only display those records that are in
effect on a given date (the date to which the user is tracked in the payroll system), thereby
simplifying and streamlining the payroll user's view of the employee's tax record data.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.29.6.4. Streamlined W-2 and 1099-R Electronic Filing


For federal, state and local government agencies that accept W-2 (EFW2 format) or
1099-R electronic or magnetic media files, there are fold requirements (formatting such
as carriage returns and line feeds) for employers to properly submit the files. When
running the processes that generate these output files, there is now an option to have them
formatted automatically without manual intervention.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 101
3.29.6.5. Enhanced Payroll Dashboard
With this release, Oracle Payroll Dashboard now offers the payroll administrator an even
greater line of sight into newly hired employees and other critical payroll readiness
details. Additional improvements to process monitoring coupled with enhanced Payroll
analytics give payroll professionals a deeper view into their payroll data. An overall boost
to performance complemented by a more intuitive user.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.29.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.29.7.1. Vertex Address Validation Web Service


Payroll administrators can now use a Vertex web service to automatically validate both
employee resident addresses and work location addresses. This is critical for accurate
local income withholding for those areas where an employee's geographical street and
city address (their taxation address) may differ from their postal address. This automatic
address validation will greatly aid payroll administrators by eliminating what has
previously been a manual task while also, and more importantly, greatly reducing errors
in local taxation.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.29.7.2. Advance Vacation Payments


Oracle US Payroll now supports vacation pay being paid before the vacation time is
taken, with taxation being handled for the entire vacation period rather than the pay
period in which the payment is made. Taxes are adjusted by considering the number of
vacation periods instead of just the pay period in which the payment occurs, resulting in
more accurate taxation and preventing over-withholding. This is helpful for companies
that pay out vacation in advance due to company or union policies that mandate it.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.29.7.3. 1099-R Corrections Processing


Oracle US Payroll now offers full capabilities for producing corrected 1099-R (Retiree
Distribution) forms for recipients and corrected 1099-R electronic reports for filing with
the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). The latter option includes both one-error and two-
error type corrections.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.29.7.4. Support All State Minimum Wage Rates


With this release, all applicable state minimum wage rates are being actively maintained
in the Oracle Payroll Jurisdiction Information table at the state level.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.

3.29.7.5. Produce Zero Net Payslip


With this release, you will now be able to optionally generate a payslip for those
employees receiving a net pay amount of zero. This is useful for informing employees
when there is payroll activity on their behalf during the pay period but that activity results

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 102
in zero net pay.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP8.


3.29.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.29.8.1. Streamlined FIT Exemption from Wage Accumulation for Puerto Rico
Employees
In order to assist customers with complying with federal wage exemption rules for their
employees in Puerto Rico, it is now possible to set the exemption from federal wage
accumulation at the GRE/Legal Entity level.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.29.8.2. Comply with Additional Withholding Percentage of Puerto Rico Form 499
R-4.1
Employees can now elect to withhold a percentage of state income tax in addition to their
regular state income tax deduction. This is a required option on Puerto Rico Form 499 R-
4.1.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.29.8.3. Employer Match Added to Pretax 401K Deferred Compensation Catch-up


Provision
Previously, employer matching for the 401K deferred compensation plan catch-up
provision needed to be set up manually and separately from the base 401K employer
match. This manual task has now been eliminated as users can now optionally select
either the sequential or concurrent catchup provision option to be matched along with the
base deferred compensation when creating the 401K pretax deduction.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.29.8.4. PSD Periodic Wage Listing Report Supports Multiple Transmitters


The PSD Periodic Wage Listing report now supports more than one transmitter GRE
within the same business group and can now be run to produce a separate output file per
transmitter GRE for the applicable reporting period.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.29.8.5. Automatic Formatting for Multiple Worksite Report


The output generated by running the Multiple Worksite Report (that is run in conjunction
with the State Periodic Wage Listing) can now be automatically formatted according to
the required specifications.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.29.8.6. Archive Payroll Information for a Single Assignment


You can now archive payroll data for a single assignment after running a Quick Pay. This
is useful to payroll administrators as the archive process can be rerun for just one or a few
assignments in error without having to roll back and rerun the entire archive process.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 103
3.29.8.7. Enhanced Costing Detail Report
A new parameter has been added to the Costing Detail Report allowing the additional
flexibility of processing based on costing action along with a date range.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.29.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP11

3.29.9.1. Self-Service / Online Form 1099-R


Prior to this release employees and retirees could only receive a printed copy of their
1099-R form (which reports retirement and other distributions). Now employees and
retirees with access to Employee Self-Service can optionally view and download their
1099-R form online just like their W-2 form.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.29.9.2. Allow employees to opt for a paper or online W-2

Employees can now electronically consent to receive their W-2 form online (via Self-
Service) or opt to receive a paper W-2 (or both).

This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.29.9.3. Employees Can Select to Receive W-2 Form at Their Mailing Address

Using Self-Service, employees can now select whether they prefer to have their employee
W-2 form mailed to their mailing address (or other type of address) instead of their
primary resident address. This can be useful if the employee has their mail delivered to a
post office box instead of their physical home address.

This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.29.9.4. Control Display of Number of Online Employee W-2 Forms

You can now control the number of online W-2 forms employees are able to select in the
drop-down list of values. This is useful for controlling how many years' worth of W-2
forms employees are permitted to view online.

This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.29.9.5. Allow Employees to Electronically Opt-in for Online Payslip

Similar to the electronic opt-in capability for online W-2 forms, employees can now also
elect (via Self-Service) to receive their payslip online or have a printed copy mailed to
them (or both).

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 104
This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.29.9.6. Streamlined View of Online PDF Forms in Self-Service

Employees can now easily view or download their most recent employee payslips, W-2
and/or 1099-R forms in Self-Service with one click of a button. They can perform a date
range search for a particular payslip and then select it from the drop-down list of values.
When viewing their W-2 or 1099-R forms, they will also see a bar graph comparing key
data from the current and past year. When viewing their payslips, they will also see
piecharts comparing key current and year-to-date percentages of gross income such as net
pay and tax deductions.

This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.29.9.7. View Employer Component for Workers Compensation in View Tax


Balances

Payroll professionals can now see the employer liability component (in addition to the
employee balance) for Workers Compensation in the View Tax Balances form.

This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.29.9.8. Enhanced Validate US Addresses using Vertex Web Services Process

If you use enhanced address validation using Vertex Web Services, you can now
optionally retain employee primary resident address history when the mass address
validation process is run.

This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12.

3.29.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP12

3.29.10.1. Search and Print 1099-R Information Returns via Self-Service


If a payroll professional wants to print or view a single employee W-2 form they can use
the "Employee W-2 Search" option in Self-Service. However there was no such option
available to payroll professionals to search for 1099-R forms for retirees or employees.
With this release, now payroll professionals have the ability to perform a simple search
for 1099-R form based on retiree or employee name or an advanced search based on:
First Name, Last Name, Assignment Number and/or Job.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.29.10.2. Compare Original and Corrects W-2 Information with the Employee W-
2c Detail Report
In the event that W-2c forms had to be issued to employees during a particular reporting
year, it is now possible to run a report to compare the details between the employee's
original W-2 form and their latest issued W-2c form in order to determine what changed.
The new Employee W-2 Detail Report can also help determine how many W-2c forms
were issued for a particular organization for the selected reporting year.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 105
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.29.10.3. Allow Employees to Identify Gender as Other than Male or Female


Currently the federal government does not officially recognize gender preferences other
than male/female. However, states like California are mandating that employers not
require disclosure of gender. To help customers to comply with the California (and any
other similar state) state regulation (while also remaining compliant at the federal level),
a new alternative "State level US Gender Preferences" field can be optionally offered to
employees. The list of values provided with this new field can customized as required.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP13.

3.29.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP8

3.29.11.1. Update State Tax Withholding Forms Online


Prior to this release, employees could update their Federal W-4 withholding details in
Self-Service. With this release, employees can now also update their state tax form
details online. This includes support for those states that follow or permit the Federal W-
4 process and the ability to claim exemption. This greatly reduces the need for manual
intervention by the HR or payroll professional, making the process much more efficient
while minimizing the potential for errors.

3.29.11.2. Bank Account Verification in SSHR


Employees can enter bank account details using the Manage Payroll Payments Self-
Service page. To ensure that the employee enters the correct account number, they are
required to enter the account number twice. The application validates the entered
information, and if the number was entered incorrectly, prompts the employee to re-enter
the bank account number.

3.29.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10

3.29.12.1. Generate Federal Employee W-4 Report


With this release, it is now possible to generate and print hard copies of employee Federal
W-4 forms if employees filled them out online using Self-Service. These forms may be
required in the event of an audit by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).

3.29.13. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12

3.29.13.1. Consolidate Third Party Check Payments


You can now optionally consolidate or roll up third party check payments for common
payees. For example, if there are 20 employees with child support payments that need to
be paid to the same child support disbursement unit, these payments can now be "rolled
up" into a single third party check. Previously, 20 separate third party checks were issued
to the same payee. A remittance listing of the individual employee payments that

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 106
contribute to a particular third party check is provided along with an additional report to
ease reconciliation.

3.29.14. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13

3.29.14.1. Self-Service Access to Payslips and W-2 Forms to Ex-employees


Administrators can now choose to provide access to online payslips and W-2 forms via
Self-Service to employees after termination and retirement. Giving ex-employees the
option to securely access prior payslips and W-2 forms without payroll administration
intervention reduces overhead and result in significant cost savings.

3.30. Oracle iRecruitment

3.30.1. Release 12.1.1

3.30.1.1. Interview Management


Oracle iRecruitment delivers new Interview Management functionality that enables you
to manage the entire interview cycle in their recruitment process. Using the Interview
Management functionality, recruiters and hiring managers can:
• Schedule multiple rounds of job interviews for an applicant or for multiple
applications for a vacancy.
• Select the members of the interview team and, if there are multiple interviewers
for a particular round of interviews, define the primary interviewer. Interviewers
must be part of the recruitment team for the vacancy.
• Maintain interview information such as the interview schedule, contact
information, and details about the interviewers.
• Provide feedback about the interview, add interview notes, and enter the result of
the interview.
• Reschedule, cancel, or place an interview on hold.
Recruiters, hiring managers, and interviewers can view the summary of their interviews
on the My Interviews region of the iRecruitment home page. The My Interviews region
displays interview details for the next n number of days.

3.30.1.2. Recruitment Communications


The recruitment process involves communication between recruiters, hiring managers,
and candidates, including communication about the status of applications and additional
instructions about interview schedules, or clarification about job applications. These are
critical from a record-keeping standpoint.
Using the Recruitment Communications functionality, recruiters and hiring managers can
communicate with recruiting team members, candidates, and agencies individually or as a
group. They can initiate a topic or message and add recipients to it, and can send
messages to single or multiple applicants. The recipients receive notifications for these
messages. The recipients can respond to these messages from the Communication tab of
the Job Application details page. Users can attach documents to the messages.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 107
The recruiters and hiring managers can configure the communication properties at the
vacancy level. If the processing of job applications for a vacancy is complete, then they
can close the communication.

3.30.1.3. Employee Referrals


For many enterprises, employee referrals are one of the most efficient and effective
sources of candidates. The Employee Referrals functionality enables:
• Recruiters or hiring managers to mark vacancies eligible for employee referral
• Employees to create candidate profiles and refer candidates to vacancies
available for referrals
• Employees to create candidate profiles and refer their candidates to managers.
who in turn can pursue the candidates for suitable vacancies
• Candidates to name an employee as a reference when creating their profiles or
submitting job application.
• Recruiters and hiring managers to search for candidates who are referred by
employees

3.30.1.4. Notifications for New Job Applications and Application Status Changes
Oracle iRecruitment enables you to define your own FYI notification rules (in Oracle
Approval Management) for actions performed in the iRecruitment application. By
default, managers, candidates, and recruiters receive these FYI notifications. You can
configure the Approvals Management rules to determine the recipients.
Oracle iRecruitment provides predefined notifications that notify:
• Vacancy managers or recruiters and applicants about the application status
changes
• Vacancy managers or recruiters when new job applications are submitted for
their vacancies

3.30.1.5. Enhanced Searches


Oracle iRecruitment provides the following additional search capabilities for recruiters,
managers, and agency users. These users can search:
• Vacancies based on professional area
• Applicants based on multiple application statuses
• Applicants based on any of the phone numbers available in the candidate profile

3.30.1.6. Attachments in Vacancy and Offers


Recruiters and hiring managers can now add attachments to vacancies and offers. They
can control access to the documents by adding separate documents for internal users such
as members of the recruiting team, and for external users such as applicants. However,
managers and recruiters can view both internal and external documents.

3.30.1.7. Dashboards for Hiring Manager and Recruiter


To monitor the progress of recruitment, hiring managers and recruiters need access to a
summary of their recent recruitment transactions without having to perform multiple
searches.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 108
Oracle iRecruitment provides a dashboard on the iRecruitment Home page for hiring
managers and recruiters that gives direct access to recent vacancies, new applications for
vacancies, and recently created or updated offers. Managers and recruiters can specify the
time period for which they want to view recruitment information in terms of the last n
days. They can also view scheduled interviews for the next n days.
Managers and recruiters can use the Recruitment Summary link on the iRecruitment
Home page to review recruitment summary information like number of vacancies,
vacancies filled, and offers accepted grouped by their direct reports, recruiters, and
organizations. Managers and recruiters can drill down from this Recruitment Summary
page to the relevant vacancy, application, or offer details pages. Oracle iRecruitment
displays the recruitment summary details based on the responsibility that a manager or a
recruiter uses.

3.30.1.8. Reconsider Terminated Applications


Recruiters and hiring managers can now reconsider applications that have been
terminated by error or that otherwise need to be reconsidered. Recruiters can reconsider
one or more terminated applications from the View Applicants page.
Candidates who have voluntarily withdrawn their applications or whose applications have
been terminated by recruiters can now request reconsideration of their applications from
the Job Application Details page. Recruiters and hiring managers can review the requests
and decide whether to reconsider these applications.

3.30.1.9. Offer Withdrawal


Recruiters and hiring managers can now withdraw offers that are at any of the following
offer statuses:
• Pending for Approval
• Pending Extend Duration
• Returned for Correction
• Approved
• Extended
• Hold
• Closed: Offer Accepted by Applicant
• Closed: Offer Declined by Applicant.
Recruiters and hiring managers can record the applicant response after the applicant
accepts the offer.

3.30.2. Release 12.1.2

In this release, Oracle iRecruitment provides a better user experience, introduces WEB
2.0 features like RSS feeds, and implements enhancements that improve the recruitment
processes.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 109
3.30.2.1. Create External User Accounts for Candidate Records Created by
Managers and Recruiters
Oracle iRecruitment now provides the option to create a new external user account for a
candidate whose profile was created by a manager or recruiter. This option enables these
candidates to maintain and manage their own user accounts. A new profile option drives
the creation of the external user account.
A candidate registered by the manager or recruiter receives login credentials to log in to
the iRecruitment Visitor site. Using these details, the candidates can search for jobs,
apply for jobs, view the interview schedules, and manage their account.

3.30.2.2. Use RSS Feeds Links when Searching for Jobs


After performing a job search, site visitors and external candidates can subscribe to RSS
feeds that automatically send updated information about jobs straight to their desktop,
without having to visit the client application. When candidates subscribe to these feeds,
they can view new or updated information that match the criteria provided during the
feed subscription directly in their RSS feeds reader.

3.30.2.3. Use Links in the Notifications to Navigate to iRecruitment Pages


Links to the relevant transaction pages are provided in notification messages. Users can
click these links to navigate directly to the actual application pages. For example, when a
candidate receives a notification for a communication message, the candidate can click
the link to navigate to the Communication Details page and reply to the message.

3.30.2.4. View Interview iCalendar File (.ics) Attachments in Notifications


When interview events are scheduled for applicants, an iCalendar file (.ics) containing
the schedule information is attached to the notification messages. Users can export the
interview details in the iCalendar file into calendar applications that support the .ics
format. This feature enables them to monitor their upcoming interview events in their
calendar application.

3.30.2.5. View Salary Amounts in the Corporate Currency


Oracle iRecruitment now provides the ability to view the salary in the corporate currency.
A new read-only field is available to recruiters, hiring managers, agency users, and
approvers in the Create or Update Vacancy page, the Create or Update Offer page, and
other vacancy and offer view pages. This field displays salary information after
converting it into the corporate currency. For example, if the proposed salary is entered as
5,000 USD and the Corporate Currency is set to GBP, then the corresponding value will
be displayed in GBP. If the conversion rate were set to 1 USD = 0.61 GBP, then the field
would show 3085.905 GBP.

3.30.2.6. View Resume and Documents on iRecruitment Pages


Recruiters, hiring managers, and offer approvers can view the resume and supporting
documents uploaded at the application stage, and the latest supporting documents
uploaded as of the system date. This information is available in a new region on the
Create or Update Offer Review page, the Offer Approval Notification page, and the
Application Details page. The user can preview or download the documents directly from
these pages.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 110
3.30.2.7. Provide Comments when Withdrawing or Terminating Job Applications
Oracle iRecruitment now enables:
• Applicants to provide comments when they withdraw their job applications
• Managers, recruiters and agency users to provide comments when they terminate
job applications in the recruitment process
• Managers and recruiters to receive a notification with the withdrawal comments
The Request Reconsideration feature, which is used by applicants to requesting
reconsideration of their terminated applications, will be displayed only for self-
withdrawn applications. This feature will not be available for applications terminated by
a manager or recruiter.

3.30.2.8. Use Document Type Restriction for File Uploads


Prior to this release, when an applicant uploaded a document such as a resume or a cover
letter, iRecruitment did not validate the document file type. This made the system
vulnerable to files that contain destructive code.
Oracle iRecruitment now provides an extensible lookup to control which document types
can be uploaded. When a user attempts to upload any document type other than the ones
configured, the system gives an error and does not accept the document.

3.30.2.9. View Job Details and Candidate Details in Context Windows on


iRecruitment Pages
External candidates can view the basic details of a job, including job requirements, skills
required, salary details, and so on in a window that appears when they hover over the Job
Name. Managers and recruiters can view basic details about the candidate, such as work
preferences, skills, qualifications and previous employment details when they hover over
the Candidate Name. The Candidate Details pop-up is now available in all the candidate
search pages: Prospect Pool, Individuals, Resume, and Applicants and View Applicant
pages. Users can use these pop-ups to avoid drilling down to detail pages.

3.30.2.10. Record Notes About Applicants


Recruiters and hiring managers can now record notes and comments using the inline
attachments feature. Using inline attachments, users can view and add notes by hovering
over the attachments icon. They can add text, URL references, and files as notes. This
feature has been enabled out of the box in the Applicants Search and View Applicants
pages.

3.30.3. Release 12.1.3

3.30.3.1. Candidate Profile


Oracle iRecruitment now provides hiring managers and recruiters a user-friendly single
page interface with all relevant candidate details. The Candidate Profile page presents a
comprehensive picture of candidates and applicants to help compare a candidate to the
applicant pool.
The Candidate Profile feature enables recruiters and hiring managers to:
• View candidate or applicant profile information
• View Application Details

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 111
• View the Applicant Pool Analysis, which provides information on how well the
candidate fits a particular vacancy in comparison with the others in the Applicant
Pool, in terms of skill requirements, assessment scores and salary expectation.
• Print candidate profiles
• Generate profile comparison reports for applicants
The Candidate Profile page presents this information in three regions: Candidate Details,
Application Details, and Applicant Pool Analysis. Each region facilitates quick
processing of candidature and applications. This minimizes the number of clicks and
improves the productivity of recruiters.

3.30.3.2. Find Duplicates


Duplicate records can occur when candidates register more than once and submit job
applications to vacancies using different methods. Having the same candidate associated
with multiple accounts is confusing and causes redundant processing of the same
candidate multiple times.
Oracle iRecruitment now provides an easy way for recruiters to find duplicate profiles
using predefined search criteria. Using the Find Duplicates functionality, recruiters can
find and link duplicates profiles in the system. Once the profiles are linked, recruiters and
hiring managers can review information from all the duplicate profiles from any one of
the candidate details page.

3.30.3.3. HR-XML 2.5 Compliance for Job Board Posting


Oracle iRecruitment is now compliant with the HR-XML version 2.5 for Job Board
Postings. Enterprises can use this feature to post vacancies on the recruiting sites of
third-party job board vendors that have adopted the HR-XML 2.5 standards.

3.30.3.4. Salary Basis and/or Proposed Salary Fields Non-Mandatory


Prior to this release, in iRecruitment, when an offer was created for an applicant, both the
Salary Basis and Proposed Salary fields were mandatory. When the Proposed Salary field
was entered, a pay proposal was created for the candidate. This forced the customer to
administer pay using Salary Administration only, though Oracle HRMS offers many
other ways to remunerate employees.
Oracle iRecruitment now enables you to decide whether candidates hired through
iRecruitment should have their pay administered using Salary Administration. By
configuring a system-defined profile option, you can either make both the Salary Basis
and Proposed Salary fields optional or make them mandatory. You can also enable the
Salary Basis and Proposed Salary fields based on job, position, grade, or organization
attributes.

3.30.3.5. Dated Updates for Application Statuses


Prior to this release, application status updates made in iRecruitment took the system date
as the effective date. Recruiters and managers cannot always make these changes on the
date the event actually happens.
With this release, iRecruitment enables recruiters and hiring managers can specify the
effective date for each application status update., Recruiters and managers can accurately
record disposition status in iRecruitment.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 112
3.30.3.6. Offer-Related Changes for Employee Applicants
When a manager creates an offer for an employee applicant in iRecruitment, the
Compensation page now displays the details of the ICD plans that the employee is
currently enrolled in. These details help the recruiting manager make an informed
decision about compensation given as part of the offer. The Review page also provides a
comparison between the current employee assignment and the proposed offer assignment.

3.30.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4

3.30.4.1. View Application Details of a Hired Applicant


Hiring managers and recruiters can now view application details of hired applicants. This
change helps managers and recruiters to see:
• Complete job application history of a hired applicant
• Referral details to award referral bonuses
• All applications submitted by an applicant including the hired application
• Other information and enterprise-specific details configured through flexfields.

3.30.4.2. Initiate SSHR Applicant Hire Process from Offers


To hire iRecruitment applicants, hiring managers and recruiters can now initiate the
hiring process directly from the iRecruitment application. This enables hiring managers
and recruiters to initiate the applicant hire process from the Offer Details page instead of
navigating to Oracle HRMS or Oracle SSHR to hire iRecruitment applicants.

3.30.4.3. Dynamically Populate Vacancy and Application Status LOVs in


iRecruitment
You can now populate Vacancy, Application Status, and Application Status Change
Reasons lists of values using user tables. You can dynamically populate the Vacancy
Status LOV based on the current status of the vacancy. For example, using user tables,
you can configure the system to populate the Vacancy Statuses LOV with Closed, Hold,
and Under Review statuses, when the current status of the vacancy is Approved.
The steps involved in configuring the user tables to dynamically populate the Vacancy
status LOV include:
• Create a user table. For example, IRC_VACANCY_STATUS_UT.
• Create two columns. For example: IRC _CURR_STATUS_COLUMN and IRC
_NEXT_STATUS_COLUMN.
• Create the required statuses in the VACANCY_STATUS lookup.
• Creating the mapping between the current status and possible statuses.
You can employ a similar approach for dynamically populating the LOVs for Vacancy
Status, Application Status, and Application Status Change Reasons.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 113
3.30.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.30.5.1. Access to Internal Job Site for Contingent Workers


With this release, Contingent Workers can search for and apply for internal jobs using
iRecruitment. Contingent workers can track their job applications and interview
schedules, communicate with the recruiters, and receive job offers online.
You can assign the iRecruitment Employee Candidate responsibility or any custom
employee candidate responsibility having appropriate employee candidate permissions.
Depending on your business requirements, you can enable contingent workers to apply
for internal or external jobs or both.

3.30.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.30.6.1. Applicant Time Resume


With this release iRecruitment provides an option for hiring managers, recruiters, and
agency users to view resumes uploaded with job applications. A document uploaded at
the time the job application is submitted is referred as an Application Time Document.
Prior to this release, the latest resume for the application was displayed in the View
Applicant page.
Two new columns, Application Time Resume and Application Time Resume Preview,
are available on theView Applicant page o enable managers or recruiters to view resumes
added by applicants at the time of application. These columns are hidden by default and
can be enabled using the OAF Personalization feature by setting the appropriate property
to True in the personalization page.

3.30.6.2. Administer Assessment in Multiple Languages


With this release assessments can be created and administered in more than one language.
A candidate can attempt the registration or application assessment in their preferred
language, if the assessment is configured for their preferred language. Oracle
iRecruitment displays assessment results based on the language in which the candidate
has attempted the test. In addition to the assessment results, hiring managers and
recruiters can preview applicants' resumes or download resumes to gather further
information.

3.30.6.3. View All Scheduled Interviews


From this release onwards, iRecruitment users like the hiring manager or a recruiting
team member can view the interview schedules for all of the vacancies they are involved
in, irrespective of the responsibility they have used to log in. The interview schedules are
displayed on the Manager or Recruiter home page.

3.30.6.4. Upload Offer Letters When Creating or Updating Offers


Oracle iRecruitment now enables a manager or recruiter to upload a manually created
offer letter when creating or updating an offer. Prior to this release, manual upload of
offer letter was possible only after the offer was approved, and only from the Offers
Workbench functionality.
Users can click the Upload button on the View Offer Letter page to upload the offer
letter. However, if an offer that has a manually uploaded offer letter is saved for a later

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 114
date, then the manager must upload the offer letter again when the offer transaction is
processed from the Save for Later table.

3.30.6.5. View Complete Interview Location Address Details


With this release, the interview notifications that applicants and interviewers receive in
iRecruitment display the complete location address details.

3.30.6.6. Control the Ability of Managers to Apply for Vacancies Created by


Subordinate Employees in Their Supervisor Hierarchy
Enterprises can control the ability of managers to apply for vacancies created by
employees in their supervisor hierarchy using the new profile option IRC: Allow job
application in subordinate hierarchy.

3.30.6.7. Autocomplete Disabled for Certain Fields in iRecruitment


Prior to this release, the entries made in the web browser when using iRecruitment were
retained and previous entries were visible. In this release, to protect user information and
enforce security, the autocomplete feature is disabled in some of the iRecruitment pages
and fields.

3.30.6.8. Enter Key Mapped with Go Button for Specific Fields in iRecruitment
To improve user interaction, the Enter key is mapped to the Go button for specific fields
in some iRecruitment pages. Users can press Enter instead of clicking the Go button.
When the user presses Enter from specific text fields, submission or search happens
automatically without further user intervention.

3.30.6.9. Avoid Issues When Using DMZ Instance for iRecruitment


In a DMZ-enabled instance for iRecruitment, accessing iRecruitment Style Sheets and
DTD from the OA_HTML directory may cause issues during candidate registration,
resume parsing, background check, and job postings to third-party recruiting sites. If you
are using a DMZ-enabled instance for iRecruitment, then you can avoid this issue by
setting the profile option IRC: Avoid accessing stylesheets using URL formation. This
profile allows the reading of the style sheet content directly from the file system instead
of through a URL formed by the Application Framework Agent, thereby preventing
connection issues.
3.30.7. Release 12.2

3.30.7.1. Multiple Location Vacancy


Oracle iRecruitment now enables you to create a vacancy with multiple locations, instead
of creating multiple vacancies for each location.
The multiple location vacancy feature enables hiring managers and recruiters to:
• Create a vacancy in multiple countries and locations.
• Create a vacancy with multiple locations in one country.
• Generate and extend offers in the desired country after processing the job
applications.
The multiple location vacancy feature enables candidates to:
• Search for jobs based on any of the locations identified for the vacancy.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 115
• Choose a location preference when submitting job applications.

3.31. Oracle iRecruitment Information Discovery

3.31.1. Overview
Oracle iRecruitment Information Discovery, formally known as Oracle iRecruitment
Extension for Endeca integrates Oracle iRecruitment with Oracle Information Discovery
Server, a hybrid search and analytics database, to provide site visitors and registered
users a fast and intuitive interface to search and filter available job information.
3.31.2. V4

3.31.2.1. Job Search for Candidates


Site visitors or registered users can use the Information Discovery search feature in the
iRecruitment Home page to search for jobs using Links, Advanced Search, and Keywords
Search. Oracle iRecruitment integration with Oracle Information Discovery enhances the
user experience of job searching, as it makes use of the in-memory data of the Oracle
Information Discovery server.

Site visitors and registered users can:


• Use the Information Discovery search region in the Job: Available Jobs tab to
filter and search for jobs based on various attributes.
• Refine job searches quickly through guided navigation or filters, filtering down
to a specific job very quickly.
• View the search results in Job List tab.
• Select listed jobs and compare jobs for further analysis.
• Print job details.
The Information Discovery search region in iRecruitment can be enabled by setting the
IRC: Enable Endeca Search Integration profile option to Yes. If this profile is set to No,
then iRecruitment displays the existing Oracle Application Framework search user
interface.
3.31.3. V8

3.31.3.1. Advanced Search Capabilities


This release provides wild card and Boolean search capability. Users can now query with
only partial search criteria using wild cards and Boolean expressions. This search
capability is available from the search box and the refinement search.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment Information Discovery 116
3.32. Oracle International HR and Payroll

3.32.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.32.1.1. Support for Payroll Archiver


The Payroll Archiver is a multi-threaded core functionality that is used to create a
snapshot of information based on existing pre-payment actions, which then forms the
data source for post-payroll processes like Check Writer and Online Payslip.

3.32.1.2. Online Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslips through the
Employee Self-Service Responsibility. Customers can configure the template to get their
desired look and feel for the payslip, and XML Publisher engine will produce a PDF
document as output.

3.32.1.3. Rehire Before FPD

This feature allows Internal Payroll customers to rehire the employees before the final
process date.

3.32.1.4. Direct Deposit


The Direct Deposit Process allows payroll administrators to process the magnetic
payment method type. The process generates an XML file with the employer details,
employee details, and payment information. The XML Publisher engine then combines
this XML file with an RTF template to generate an eText file. You can merge the XML
file with the bank template to generate the magnetic file.

3.32.1.5. Support for Enhanced Retro Pay


This feature enables an enhanced retroactive calculation mechanism for Oracle
International Payroll .

3.32.1.6. Payroll Exception Report

The Payroll Exception report is used to identify variations in payroll balances early in the
payroll cycle. It also provides a user interface to create a report for any balance and
dimension without writing any code.

3.32.1.7. View Balance Self-Service Page


The View Balance Self-Service page gives users ability to view employee balances in a
date mode. The page provides various options for viewing the balances, including the
assignment or person-level balance view, and different dimensions like person to date,
month to date or year to date and so on for viewing the details.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle International HR and Payroll 117
3.33. Oracle Labor Distribution

3.33.1. Release 12.1.1

3.33.1.1. Integration with Award Distribution Functionality in Grants Accounting


This is an enhancement to integrate Labor Distribution with Award Distribution and
Funding Pattern functionality. The Award Distribution functionality in Oracle Grants
Accounting enables users to define a funding pattern for a project and task combination.
The funding pattern saves data entry time, since users do not have to select an award
when defining a labor schedule. It also results in less data maintenance, since the award
distribution setup is maintained in one central location.

3.33.2. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.33.2.1. Archive and Retrieval Processes for Pre-Gen Distribution Interface


The PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE table stores all the records that are part of Pre-
Gen batches created in Labor Distribution, irrespective of the validity and the status of
the records. This causes performance problems when the data is queried from the user
interface, especially for large amounts of data on long runs. This requires a set of archive
and retrieve processes to reduce the volume of the data on this transaction table and to
pull back the data into the table on demand.
A set of Archive and Retrieval processes has been created for this purpose. They are PSP:
Archive Pre-Gen Distribution Interface and PSP: Retrieve Pre-Gen Distribution Interface.
These processes archive the data to the table PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INT_ARCH and
retrieve the data back to transaction table PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE when
required. This improves performance on the PRE-GEN window while querying records
yet to be transferred to PSP_PRE_GEN_DIST_LINES table.

3.33.3. Release 12.2.4

3.33.3.1. QuickPay Archiver Process for International HRMS Users


With this release, the QuickPay Archive is enabled for the International HRMS
localization. Users can run this process for one assignment. Additionally, if the Payroll
Archiver (International Payroll) process errors for some assignments, the process can be
run for those assignments without rolling back the entire process.
A set of Archive and Retrieval processes has been created for this purpose. They are PSP:
Archive Pre-Gen Distribution Interface and PSP: Retrieve Pre-Gen Distribution Interface.
These processes archive the data to the table PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INT_ARCH and
retrieve the data back to transaction table PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE when
required. This improves performance on the PRE-GEN form while querying records yet
to be transferred to PSP_PRE_GEN_DIST_LINES table.

3.34. Oracle Learning Management

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Labor Distribution 118
3.34.1. Release 12.1.1

3.34.1.1. Learners Can View Catalog Attachments


Administrators can now use attachments to present more information to the learner or
instructor about courses, offerings, and classes. Administrators can provide detailed
course descriptions, instructor presentations, hotel descriptions, pre-course material, and
instructor notes as attachments.
On the course, offering, and class levels, administrators can attach files, provide URLs,
and enter text as attachments to courses, offerings, and classes. These attachments are
visible to the learners or instructors before and after enrollment in a class in the
Additional Information section.
When adding an attachment, administrators can define who can view the attachments
using the following categories:
• Comments
• Learner
• Instructor
Learners can view the attachments at the level at which they are attached (course,
offering, or class).
Instructors can view the attachments for the classes for which they are instructors.

3.34.1.2. Free Text Question Type


Free Text Question is a new question type that allows learners to provide elaborate
responses rather than a simple yes or no.
There are two major areas where this new question type can be used:
• To assess learners’ knowledge of a complex topic by evaluating the free text
responses. The answer will be evaluated by the instructor.
• In surveys and course evaluation to gather feedback on questions such as “What
would you like to see in this course in the future?” and “What was your general
impression of the course?”
This new question type does not have a finite number of correct answers, which means it
cannot be scored by the system. The idea is that instructors or administrators can ask
more general questions and learners can give elaborate responses. Instructors can decide
whether the answers should influence the result of the test.

3.34.1.3. Mandatory Enrollment


The mandatory enrollment feature enables you to ensure that workers enroll in mandatory
training. Administrators can make a class mandatory for a specific learner, learner group,
organization, job, position, or a combination of these.
Mandatory enrollment can be used for both self-paced and scheduled training and
especially for e-learning. This feature enables you to provide everyone in the
organization with access to an e-learning course or e-information.
To make learner enrollment in a class mandatory, administrators must select the new
Mandatory Enrollment check box on the Add Learner Access page. Not only will learners
who qualify today be automatically enrolled, also learners who will qualify at a later time
will be automatically enrolled. Learners cannot unenroll themselves from a mandatory
enrollment.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 119
An enrollment process concurrent program will run automatically at specified intervals,
checking all mandatory enrollments to verify if new learners should be automatically
enrolled. The enrollment process will not enroll learners before the enrollment start date
and will end enrollment at the enrollment end date if this date is provided. Otherwise,
enrollment will stop after the end date of the class if this date is provided.

3.34.1.4. Course Evaluation


For many enterprises, course evaluation is a central part of their training strategy. The
new course evaluation functionality enables you to easily incorporate course evaluation
in all of your classes. You can evaluate self-paced and classroom based courses online to
gather feedback from learners on different training courses.
The existing test functionality is used to create a standard solution for including training
evaluation in all types of classes (both self-paced and scheduled). Evaluation sections are
normal test sections defined as today in the Content tab of the administrator interface.
Sections can be mandatory or voluntary. If either the course-level or the class-level
section is mandatory, the entire evaluation is mandatory.
The evaluation can consist of two sections: one section for the course, to collect feedback
from the course (content, relevance, level, and so on), and another for the class belonging
to the course, to collect information from the class (instructor, venue, lunch, and so on)
separately.
Learners view the evaluation and complete it directly in the browser and not through the
OLM player.

3.34.1.5. Reports for Certification, Forums and Chats


Oracle Learning Management provides new BI Publisher reports for the following areas:
• Certification
• Forum
• Chat
These reports are master reports for each area. Using BI Publisher, you can add filters
and change the format to suit your business needs.
For the Certification report, the input parameters are: Certification Name, Subscription
Status, Learner Name, Date (To, From) and Expiry Date (To, From). The output columns
are: Learner Name, Certification Name, Subscription Status, Date, and Expiry Date.
For the Forum report, the input parameters are: Forum Name, Author, String in Message,
And Posted Date (To, From). The output columns are: Forum Name, Topic Name,
Author, 1. Line of Original in Message, 1. Line of Message, and Posted Date.

3.34.1.6. Learner Groups


Learner groups are used to define learner access to categories, courses, offerings and
classes. Learner groups can consist of learners, organizations, jobs, positions, and so on.
The administrator can use learner groups as well as assignments and learner to define
learner access. As soon as a new learner group has been added to the learner access, the
learners included in the learner group can search and enroll in the course, offering, or
class. The new learners in the learner group will be automatically enrolled in the class if
the class is mandatory. You can also use learner groups to bulk enroll learners in classes.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 120
3.34.1.7. Learner Basic Search Enhancements
The current search functionality only searches in the title and not in the keywords or
description of a course. This new search feature will search for other metadata available
in the catalog objects.
Secure Enterprise Search (SES) provides this search functionality in Oracle Learning
Management. The search object Course is available in the drop-down list in the Learner
Home page. If the learner selects Course and enters any search keyword, the following
will be searched for:
• Course name
• Course code
• Course description
• Course objectives
• Course keywords
From the search results, learners can navigate to the course details page and enroll, un-
enroll, or play the content. Once the learner has enrolled, un-enrolled, or played the
content, the system returns to the Learner Home page.

3.34.2. Release 12.1.2

3.34.2.1. Electronic Signature


OLM now supports the eSignature functionality to enable you to use OLM in a workflow
that complies with FDA 21 CFR Part 11.
With this new functionality, learners can provide their electronic signature after they
complete a course in OLM to acknowledge they have taken the training and understood
the content.
Similarly, administrators and instructors can provide their electronic signature if they
change the description of the course or change a learner’s status.
Together, this will provide a complete record of users who have taken training and the
content of that training.
Each electronic signature and its corresponding e-record can be retrieved and viewed as
proof of training taken in case of inspection by the FDA or other authorities.

3.34.2.2. Administrator Access Control


Using the existing Role Based Access Control it is possible to control which functions an
administrator can use on the catalog and content data. With the new Administrator
Access Control functionality, it is possible to control which data an administrator can
work on.
Large organizations often have several administrators working on the same OLM
instance. These organizations can now let each administrator work on the catalog and
content management for his own area without interfering with the other administrator’s
work. Administrator Access Control is set at the catalog category level or on the content
folder level. Only administrators belonging to a specific administrator group can access
the catalog objects belonging to this category or the content objects belonging to the
content folder.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 121
3.34.2.3. Enhanced Learning Path Functionality
With the new enhanced Learning Path functionality, administrators can now
automatically enroll learners in classes when they are subscribed to a learning path.
Learners will automatically be un-enrolled when they unsubscribe from a learning path.
This new functionality is designed for induction and training programs, where many
learners are expected to go through the same training program with a number of classes
to attend. With the automatic enrollments in classes for a learning path the individual
learners are ready to start their training as soon as they log in to OLM, instead of first
having to search for, and enroll in, classes for each course in the learning path.

3.34.2.4. Automatic Calculation of End Date for Learner Competency


OLM provides the new profile option OTA: Allow Competency Update with Renewal
Period. This profile option makes it possible to automatically set the start and end dates
of a new competency by using the Renewal Period field and the Units field in Oracle
HRMS. OLM uses the renewal information (renewal period and renewal period unit) to
calculate the end date of the learner’s competencies. This feature saves administrators’
time as they don’t have to end-date competencies manually.

3.34.2.5. Reduced Number of Clicks in OLM Pages


A number of changes have been made in OLM to reduce the number of clicks learners
and administrators make to navigate through the central OLM workflows.
• Added a Direct Enrollment icon to the search result tables (for learners and
managers). With this new icon, learners do not have to go through the process of
choosing a course, offering, and a class each time they want to enroll in a class. If
there is only one class for a course, the learner can directly enroll in that class
after searching for it. If there are several classes but only one offering, the learner
can go directly to the classes and enroll in one of these classes.
• On the Course page, if the course has a prerequisite, learners can now click a link
to view the course details of the prerequisite course.
• Added enrollments shortcuts and email icons to the class list page (for
administrators). Four new columns in the table on the Classes page make it easier
for the administrator to work with classes and enrollments from this page.

o The first column shows the number of available seats in the class, so the
administrator does not have to open the class page to see this.
o The second column contains a Mail icon, whereby administrators can
send a mail to all learners enrolled in a class.
o The third column contains a Bulk Enroll icon that administrators can use
to directly navigate to the Bulk Enroll page without having to navigate
through several pages.
o The Last column contains a Single Enroll icon that brings administrators
directly to the Single Enroll page in one click.
• Eliminated the second search for class in the Enrollment and Subscription
workflow (for administrators). On the Enrollment and Subscriptions subtab,
when administrators click Add Enrollments, the search result from the first page
is carried over to the next page so that administrators don’t need to perform the
same search twice.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 122
3.34.3. Release 12.1.3

3.34.3.1. Pop-up Window on the Administrator Enrollments Page


A new pop-up window appears on the Enrollments page when an administrator moves
the mouse over one of the learners enrolled in a class. This window serves as a quick
interface to view and edit data about the learner and enrollment.
The following information is available in the pop-up window:
• Picture of the learner
• Learner name
• Enrollment number
• Enrollment status
• Reason for change
• Successful attendance
• Attendance result
In the pop-up window, the administrator can change all information except the picture,
learner name, and enrollment number.

3.34.3.2. Pop-up Window on the Administrator Catalog Page


A new pop-up window appears on the Catalog page when an administrator moves the
mouse over one of the courses listed on the page. This window helps administrators to
view:
• General information about the course: the course name, an icon if e-signature is
enabled for the course, and an icon if an evaluation is attached to the course
• Aggregate information for each type of class in the course: number of courses,
number of learners enrolled, number of learners who finished the class, and
number of free seats (only for synchronous classes)
• Information about individual classes for the course: class name and type, start
date, number of learners enrolled, number of learners who finished the class,
maximum and minimum number of learners in the class, and number of
waitlisted learners

3.34.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4

3.34.4.1. SCORM 2004 Compliance


SCORM is the standard governing the interaction between a learning management
system and the content being played on the LMS. OLM is now compliant with SCORM
2004 Edition 4.
SCORM 2004-compliant content can be imported and played in OLM, and content can
be exported from OLM in SCORM 2004 format. OLM now also covers all optional CMI
calls in SCORM 1.2.
The Player outline tree in the Player will reflect the current sequencing tracking status as
defined in the content at all times. The Player outline will, based on sequencing activities

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 123
that occur as a result of content tracking, dynamically update in order to determine which
content objects are active and which are not active.

3.34.4.2. Enhanced Certification Functionality


Changes have been made to the certification functionality to make it easier and more
intuitive for the learner.
• The learner can now start on-line classes belonging to a certification from both
the Enrollments section on the Learner Home page and from the Learning
Certification page.
• A new column, Item in, is added to the Enrollments section on the Learner Home
page.
This new column contains an icon if the class is part of (an item in) a certification
or learning path.
• On the Learning Certification page, the column Find Offerings has been renamed
Enroll in Class and now works in the same way as the search result page:
• The learner is taken directly to the Enrollments page or list of classes if there is
only one offering for the course.

3.34.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.34.5.1. Enhanced Learner Access Using Eligibility Profiles


Eligibility profiles have been used in other applications within Oracle Human Capital
Management, such as Advanced Benefits and Performance Management. This
functionality is now also available in OLM.
This new functionality greatly enhances the way in which the OLM administrator can
define a learner group and thereby who should have access to training in OLM. You can
define eligibility profiles specifically for OLM and use these to define learner groups in
OLM. One or more eligibility profiles can be entered as components when defining a
learner group.
It is now possible to define learner groups using criteria such as competencies, gender,
person type, location, grade, length of service, and so on through eligibility profiles.

3.34.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.34.6.1. Automatic Certification Subscription


With the new Automatic Certification Subscription functionality it is possible to
automatically subscribe learners to a certification on an ongoing basis.
When this new functionality is used, a group of learners defined by Learner Access is
subscribed to the certification.
When the accompanying concurrent program is run thereafter (for example, once a day),
all learners who have become part of the group since the last time the concurrent program
was run are automatically subscribed to the certification.
This way it is easy to ensure that, for instance, all members of an organization are always
subscribed to a certification no matter when they join the organization, and with no
intervention from the administrator.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 124
3.34.6.2. Integration with Oracle WebCenter Content
Oracle WebCenter Content (OWCC) is Oracle’s best-in-class Content Management
System. OWCC is now integrated with OLM. With this integration, OLM offers a full
featured, best-in-class Learning Content Management System in which all types of
content used by OLM can be managed and stored.
• From OLM, you can:
• Configure OLM content server on OWCC
• Import SCORM (1.2 and 2004) and AICC compliant content directly to the OLM
content server
• Associate a file on OWCC with a Content Object in OLM
• Upload a file to the OLM content server
With the OWCC integration, the following functionality is now available on an OLM
content server:
• Version control
• Security
• Indexing and search
• Metadata
• Workflow engine
• Replication
• FDA 21 CFR Part 11 compliance on the content server side (and existing
compliance on the LMS side)
The use of OWCC in OLM is not covered by the OLM license, but requires a separate
OWCC license.

3.34.6.3. Automatic Update Competence When Manually Setting Certification


Status
The administrator can now specify that a learner’s competence profile is updated with the
certification-specific competencies when the learner’s certification subscription status is
set to Certified.
This brings the manual update of a learner’s subscription status in line with the automatic
update (done when the learner finishes all classes in a certification), so both automatically
update the learner’s competence profile with the certification-specific competencies.

3.34.6.4. Course Pictures


Users are accustomed to seeing pictures together with item descriptions when they view a
group of items on a web store. This functionality is now also available in OLM.
The administrator can now associate a picture with each course in OLM. This picture will
be visible to the learner when browsing, enrolling, or otherwise dealing with the courses
and classes on the learner pages.
This will help the learner quickly identify courses and classes and it makes the learner
pages more inviting.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 125
3.34.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.34.7.1. Player Status Update


The administrator can now change the player status for a learner manually. The status of
online classes in OLM is sometimes not updated by the system. This can be due to
network issues, JRE issues, or learners not closing the player correctly. Therefore, the
administrator needs to be able to do this manually for individual learners.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.34.7.2. Revoke Administrator Access Control


With this new functionality, an administrator can revoke the Administrator Access
Control previously associated with a category and learning objects in OLM. This means
that the visibility and accessibility of categories and learning objects for administrators in
OLM can always be made to reflect the latest changes in the organization.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.34.7.3. Preventing Closing and Collapsing of the Outline in the Player


Administrators can now prevent closing and collapsing the outline in the OLM player.
Inexperienced users might, by accident, either close or collapse the outline of the OLM
player and, looking at the collapsed outline, think they have completed the whole course,
even if they only took the first of multiple chapters.
The administrator can avoid this by prohibiting the learner from collapsing or hiding the
outline on a class-by-class basis.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.34.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.34.8.1. Enrollment End Date in the Past


It is now possible to enroll learners into classes after the enrollment end date.
This is done to allow learners who turn up on the day of the class to participate in the
class and then be enrolled at a later time.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.34.9. Release 12.2.4

3.34.9.1. New Learner Interface


A completely new learner interface has been added to OLM. The new interface is
contemporary in design and promotes a new and better way for the learner to interact
with OLM. The UI has extended use of graphical elements, a simpler layout, fewer
clicks, and a streamlined procedure for finding and enrolling in learning. The old
interface is still available, as an alternative to the new one, if existing customizations
prevent an organization from using the new interface.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 126
3.34.9.2. Catalog Item Picture
All catalog items (courses, classes, learning paths, and certifications) can be displayed
with a picture. Previously, this was only possible for courses and classes. This makes it
faster and easier for the learner to identify the different catalog items while browsing and
enrolling, and provides a richer and more contemporary learning experience.

3.34.9.3. Ratings and Reviews


The ability to rate a class and provide a written review has been added to OLM. This
makes it possible for learners to share their experience with other learners contemplating
joining the same class.

3.34.10. Release 12.2.6

3.34.10.1. Sessions Displayed on Class Details Page


Sessions for a class can now be viewed on the class details page.

3.34.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10

3.34.11.1. Overview panel in online test


On the online testing page a new overview panel has been added to the test screen.
Here the learner can see how many questions the test has and use the panel to navigate to
any question in the test.
The color of each question in the new panel will represent the status of that question:
• Answered
• Answered and marked for review
• Marked for review
• Skipped
• Not answered.

3.34.11.2. "Certification only" Classes


Classes can be marked as "Certification only" by the administrator. The class will only
be visible to the learner as part of a certification and not as a standalone class.

3.34.11.3. Subscribe to certification and enroll in classes


Learners and administrators can now subscribe to a certification and enroll in relevant
classes in one process. Once a learner has been subscribed to a certification, relevant
classes for each course in the certification are shown for the learner.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 127
3.34.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12

3.34.12.1. Restrict e-learning in Certifications

It is now possible for the administrator to restrict the use of e-learning when taking and
renewing a certification.

This makes it possible for organizations to put a limit on how many consecutive
completions and renewals of a certification can be done using e-learning.

As an example the program can be set up so the learner have to use ILT every second
time the learner renews a certification.

3.34.13. Release 12.2.9

3.34.13.1. Optional Components in Certifications


It is now possible to have mandatory and optional courses in a certification.
Administrators can include a set of optional courses in addition to the mandatory courses
for a certification and also define the number of optional courses needed to be alongside
the mandatory to complete the certification.
The learner can then select which optional courses among the set to complete for the
certification.

3.35. Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite

3.35.1. Overview
With Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite, employees can view
enrolled courses, play content, and search and enroll in new courses while on the go.

- Search and browse catalog to find and enroll in new learning


- Subscribe to a learning path or certification, or to both
- Play online content and fill evaluation to complete a course
- Track the completion status of current learning
- Rate and review courses
- Renew certifications

Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite is compatible with Oracle E-
Business Suite 12.1.3 and 12.2.3 and above. To use this app, you must be a user of
Oracle Learning Management with mobile services configured on the server side by
your administrator. For information on how to configure mobile services on the
server and for app-specific information, see My Oracle Support Note 1641772.1 at
https://support.oracle.com

Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite is available in the following
languages: Brazilian Portuguese, Canadian French, Dutch, English, French, German,
Italian, Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, and Spanish.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite 128
3.35.2. Mobile Release 4.0 – Client Version 1.0.0

3.35.2.1. Initial Release


With Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite, learners can view their
enrolled courses, learning paths, and certifications. Learners can also play content,
search, and enroll in new courses while on the go.
Learners can:
• Track the completion status of a current learning.
• Play online content to complete a course.
• Add review comments and rate a course.
• Search and browse the catalog to find and enroll in new learning.
• Subscribe to a learning path or certification.
• Renew a certification.
The application is fully integrated with the OLM desktop user interface, so learners can
seamlessly switch and see the latest training history on their computer, tablet, or
smartphone.

3.35.2.2. Translation Support


Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite is available in the following
languages:
Brazilian Portuguese, Canadian French, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian,
Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, Spanish

3.35.2.3. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates


• Support for enterprise distribution
• Customization support for corporate branding
• Support for Web SSO authentication to delegate authentication to Oracle Access
Manager (OAM)

3.35.3. Mobile Release 5.0 – Client Version 1.1.0

3.35.3.1. Certification Until Date on Certifications Detail Page


The certification details page now contains information on when a valid certification
expires.

3.35.3.2. Additional Information on Class Details


Additional information is now presented on the class details page:
• Enrollment and completion date
• Language and time zone
• List of sessions

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite 129
• Addresses displayed on the map

3.35.3.3. Warning for Class Overlap


A warning will be given to the learner when a new enrollment overlaps an existing class
enrollment.

3.35.3.4. Evaluate Course or Class


Course and class evaluations can now be completed via Oracle Mobile Learning for
Oracle E-Business Suite.

3.35.3.5. Mobile Foundation Release 5.0 Updates


• User installation and usage metrics for administrators
• Updated look and feel for selected app interactions
• Uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF) 2.2.2

3.35.4. Mobile Release 6.0 – Client Version 1.2.0

3.35.4.1. Mobile Foundation Release 6.0 Updates


• Ability to open links to external websites within the app on Android devices
• Updated look and feel, including native look and feel for action sheets on iOS
devices
• Ability to easily clear user credential fields in the Sign In page
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.3.1

3.35.5. Mobile Release 7.0 – Client Version 1.3.0

3.35.5.1. Ability to Reassign an Approval Notification


You can now reassign an approval notification to another user within the app.

3.35.5.2. Mobile Foundation Release 7.0 Updates


• Ability to import custom CA or self-signed server certificates to standard apps
for TLS connections to Oracle E-Business Suite
• Ability to download the mobile app configuration automatically from the server
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.4.0
3.35.6. Mobile Release 8.0 – Client Version 1.4.0

3.35.6.1. Mobile Foundation Release 8.0 Updates


• For apps installed through an Enterprise Mobility Management (EMM) solution's
app catalog, support for having the EBS Server URL preconfigured by an
administrator rather than requiring users to enter it after launching the app.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Learning for Oracle E-Business Suite 130
• Enhancement to prevent attachments viewed within the app from being shared
elsewhere on iOS devices.
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.5.0

3.36. Oracle Learning Management Information Discovery

3.36.1. Overview
Oracle Learning Management Information Discovery, formally known as Oracle
Learning Management Extensions for Endeca provides better search and browse
capabilities for finding new learning in the course catalog.

3.36.2. V4

3.36.2.1. New Search and Browse


With Learning Management Information Discovery you can browse through the complete
course catalog while using search words and filters to narrow down your search results
until you have found the training you are looking for. Applying filters to your search
results makes it much easier to focus on the offerings that are interesting to you—no need
to browse through lots of classroom-based training if you are looking for online content!
Learning Management Information Discovery requires a separate license. Without this
license, the current browse and search functionality will be available.
3.36.3. V8

3.36.3.1. Advanced Search Capabilities


This release provides wild card and Boolean search capability. Users can now query with
only partial search criteria using wild cards and Boolean expressions. This search
capability is available from the search box and the refinement search.

3.37. Oracle Payroll

3.37.1. Release 12.1.1

3.37.1.1. Approval Mechanism for Manager Self-Service - Assignment Costing


In earlier releases, when managers edit assignment-costing information for their
subordinates, the changes are permanently applied to employee assignments without any
approval.
This enhancement provides a way to configure approvals to control employee assignment
costing updates. When a manager modifies employee assignments costing details, an

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management Information Discovery 131
approval notification can be sent to an approver based on custom workflow settings. Only
on approval are the changes reflected in the employee assignment records.

3.37.1.2. Upgrade of Historical Costing Data to Support Subledger Accounting


Payroll costing details that have already been posted to Oracle General Ledger prior to
the implementation of Oracle Subledger Accounting Release 12 functionality need to be
migrated for synchronization. The new concurrent program Upgrade Historical Payroll
Data to SLA performs easy migration of historical costing data to Subledger Accounting.

3.37.2. Release 12.1.2

3.37.2.1. Purge Process for Pay Events Table


Prior to this release, retro-related processes and reports utilized the pay process events
table to track changes using the events logged in. All event-based changes for RetroPay,
proration, and continuous calculations are logged in this table, so this created a high
volume of data that would become redundant after a period of time. The large amount of
data impacted performance and increased the future maintenance cost of processes like
the Retro-Notification report.
Oracle Payroll now provides the concurrent program Purge Process Events to purge data
from the pay process events table and archiving data. The Purge Process Events program
thereby enhances the performance of processes accessing the pay process events table.
This increases the efficiency of payroll process management, reducing the overall payroll
processing time.

3.37.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.37.3.1. Quick RetroPay


From this release forward, users can process RetroPay for a single assignment using the
new concurrent process Quick RetroPay. Quick RetroPay is based on Enhanced
RetroPay.

3.37.3.2. Self-Service Batch Element Entry


From this release, payroll administrators can enter element entries for multiple people at a
time in a self-service interface. This submission can be routed through approvals.
Administrators can enter element entry values for elements that are in the element set
associated with them and for employees for whom they have access through their security
profile.

3.37.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.37.4.1. Void Check Process


Processes such as Void and Reissue or Void and Cancellation need to be run in a
sequential order. This enhancement automates the process of running one or more
processes as a single flow and enables users to void a check and then reissue or cancel the
check as a single process.
You can run the Void Check process for a particular payroll, payment method, or
payment type, or for different assignment actions of different payrolls. This enhancement

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Payroll 132
also enables you to void a large number of checks being processed by a single Check
Writer run.

3.37.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.37.5.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their payroll and
assignment process information by providing them with payroll readiness, analysis, and
validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also improve efficiency and
reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor payroll and assignment processes
as well as run, retry, or roll back payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure
the payroll readiness, analysis, and validation information according to their requirements
using both delivered and custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.37.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.37.6.1. Auto-Populate Third Party Bank Information


Prior to this release, HR professionals had to manually enter the third-party payment
account details for each employee even though payment was due to the same third party
organization. This could be a repetitive and time consuming process. With this release,
when HR professional select the third-party payee (organization) in an employee’s
personal payment method, the applicable bank account details are automatically
populated.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.37.6.2. Ability to Add Extra Payroll Period to Weekly or Biweekly Payroll


Calendar
Prior to this release, the period numbers did not change when the regular payment date
changed from one legislative year to another year. This enhancement enables
reassignment of the period numbers for the weekly and biweekly payroll period types
when a regular payment date is moved from one legislative year to another.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.37.6.3. Costing of Payment Reports


This release delivers the following new Costing of Payment reports:
• Costing of Payment Summary Report
• Costing of Payment Breakdown Report
• Costing of Payment Detail Report
The Costing of Payment Summary and Costing of Payment Breakdown reports are used
to report aggregation based on payroll/GRE and tally results to be posted to GL.
The Costing of Payment Detail report is used to validate costing of payment results at the
assignment or payment level.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Payroll 133
3.37.6.4. Enhanced Payroll Dashboard
With this release, Oracle Payroll Dashboard now offers the payroll administrator an even
greater line of sight into newly hired employees and other critical payroll readiness
details. Additional improvements to process monitoring coupled with enhanced Payroll
analytics give payroll professionals a deeper view into their payroll data. An overall boost
to performance complemented by a more intuitive user experience ensure more efficient
and accurate payroll processing resulting in further time and cost savings.
This feature is forward-ported R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.37.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP9

3.37.7.1. Manage Assignment Set Using Web ADI


With this release, Oracle delivers an efficient way of managing the assignment set using
Web ADI capabilities. This feature enables you to generate a static assignment set from a
dynamic assignment set. The Web ADI interface allows you to download an existing
assignment set, add criteria items for assignments, and upload the modified assignment
set.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.6.

3.37.8. Release 12.2

3.37.8.1. Enhanced Retro Pay set as Default


Enhanced RetroPay is the only option available in 12.2. Retro by Element, Aggregate and
Run will no longer be supported.

3.37.9. Release 12.2.4

3.37.9.1. Create and Update Multiple Retro Assignments Using Web ADI
Spreadsheet
Prior to this release, Mass Creation or Update of Retro Assignments was not available.
Payroll administrator had to create or update retro assignments by individual employee.
With this release, a Web ADI integrator for the mass upload or modification of retro
assignments is delivered.
3.37.10. Release 12.2.6

3.37.10.1. RetroPay Enhanced Results


Oracle Payroll provides a new user interface for querying assignment actions from the
RetroPay Enhanced process and reviewing the corresponding created retro entries. This
enhancement enables users to query all the retro assignment actions for an assignment or
payroll between the chosen dates and to review the retro entries created and the reason
for their creation.
3.37.11. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10

3.37.11.1. Manage Assignment Set Using Web ADI


Prior to this release, Oracle delivered Web ADI based feature to manage static
assignment sets. It enabled to download existing assignment set, add criteria items for

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Payroll 134
assignments, and upload the modified assignment set. With this release, the user will now
be able to create and maintain dynamic assignment sets using Web ADI capabilities.

3.37.11.2. COSTBAL parameter


Action parameter COSTBAL was not available to customer from front end. It was
restricted to be set only from backend. With this release, it is made available from
frontend forms to set/unset value for this parameter.

3.37.11.3. Validation for rollback of Transfer to General Ledger


Earlier validation was not enforced regarding rolling back of Transfer to Ledger process
even in case where data is already imported to journals in GL. With this release
validation is placed to restrict rolling back Transfer to Ledger process if transferred data
is imported to Journals in GL.

3.37.11.4. Costing Detail Report Generic


In this release additional parameter has been provided to the existing Costing Detail
Report Generic to process it based on costing action along with date range.

3.37.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12

3.37.12.1. Support for Date Picker and SQL based Value Sets in Employee Claims
Self-Service Page
“Employee Claims” Self-Service page enables Employees to submit their claim details
for approval. Until now, this page displayed Element Input values of Date Type and those
using SQL based Value Sets as free text fields. With this release, Employee Claims Self-
Service page supports Date Picker for Date Type Input Values and List of Values for
Input values using SQL based Value Sets.

3.37.12.2. Run Balance Architecture Diagnostic Report to display Defined Balances


missing Run Defined Balances
“Run Balance Architecture Diagnostic Report” Concurrent Program is useful to
determine if there are any Invalid Run Balances or Run Balances with incorrect dates.
With this release, “Run Balance Architecture Diagnostic Report” also displays the details
of user-created Defined Balances missing corresponding Run Defined Balances. Addition
of missing Run Defined Balances and their Run Balance maintenance can provide better
performance to processes utilizing these Balances.

3.37.12.3. Third Party Prepayment Rollup


New Concurrent program “Third Party PrePayments Rollup” is available to rollup the
Assignment level Third Party Prepayment values to the Organization Payment method
level. This enables the consolidated remittance to the Third Party Organization in place of
multiple individual payments. Concurrent Program “Third Party PrePayments Rollup
Details” is available to review the rolled up third party prepayments.

3.37.12.4. Costing of Payment Detail Report to display Check Numbers


Costing of Payment Detail Report displays assignment level details of costing of each
payment. With this release, the report displays Check Number information for the
applicable Payments.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Payroll 135
3.37.12.5. Restrictions on use of COMMIT and ROLLBACK during Fast Formula
execution in Payroll process
With this release, usage of COMMIT and ROLLBACK during Fast Formula execution as
part of Payroll Process (including Retro Pay) is restricted. Payroll process raises an error
if Formula functions perform COMMIT or ROLLBACK. The restriction is applicable to
Autonomous transactions also. This restriction prevents the data inconsistencies arising
from COMMIT or ROLLBACK operations, performed at Formula Function level.

3.37.12.6. Payroll Dashboard to display Offset Payroll periods


Payroll Dashboard “Payroll Readiness” tab displays Assignment Activity and Payroll
Readiness Details. Details displayed are for the Payroll periods whose Start Date and End
Date contain the System date. For Payrolls with Offset Date, the Cutoff Date for payroll
period might be in future even though System date has passed the Period End date. With
this release, Payroll Dashboard “Payroll Readiness” tab displays the Offset Payroll
periods whose Cutoff date is yet to come and System date has crossed the period end
date. Such Offset Payroll periods are highlighted with an asterisk (*) to differentiate them
from the current payroll period of respective payroll.

3.37.12.7. Assignment Costing Approvals to use HRSSA workflow


With this release, Assignment Costing Approvals uses HRSSA workflow instead of its
own workflow. This enables the features offered by HRSSA workflow to Assignment
Costing Approvals. Approvers can now review and perform updates to the Costing
details submitted from Assignment Costing Self-Service page. Approvers can also add
comments or Return the transaction to Self-Service user for more information.

3.37.13. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13

3.37.13.1. Support PAYROLL_ACTION_ID and


COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX_ID values beyond 9 Digits
Oracle Payroll used to support a maximum of 9 Digits for PAYROLL_ACTION_ID and
COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX_ID. If Sequence values for these cross 9 Digits, then
errors are encountered in related Forms and Payroll processes. The underlying tables
were also capable of holding only 9 Digits until now. Made changes to support
PAYROLL_ACTION_ID and COST_ALLOCATION_KEYFLEX_ID beyond 9-Digits
to a maximum of 15-Digits.

3.37.13.2. Transfer to GL Detail Report


“Transfer to GL Report” is delivered to provide an ability to reconcile the data processed
by Transfer to GL process back to relevant Run Results that were costed for the
Employee. The report would consolidate data moved from Payroll to the GL interface by
means of the Transfer to GL process and display details at Employee level including
details like Employee Name, Element Name and Costed Amount.

3.37.13.3. New Generic Upgrade to populate Entry Process details with Tax Unit
Details
New Generic Upgrade “Upgrade Entry Process Details with Tax Unit” is delivered to
populate Entry Process details in PAY_ENTRY_PROCESS_DETAILS table with Tax
Unit details. The absence of Tax Unit details in Entry Process details is known to be
causing duplicate Retro entries for Localizations using Legislation Rule
RETRO_TU_CONTEXT as Y. This Generic Upgrade is available for all Localizations

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Payroll 136
but will be effective only for Localizations having Legislation Rule
RETRO_TU_CONTEXT as Y. Existing Generic Upgrade, to upgrade Retro Elements,
will also trigger this new Generic Upgrade as a Child request for required Localizations.

3.37.13.4. Generate Run Balances – De-support of “All Balances” mode at


Assignment level
Generate Run Balances supports generation of run balances with different modes – “A
single balance”, “All balances”, “All invalid balances” at Assignment and Group levels.
With the latest changes, Generate Run Balances will support only "A single balance" and
"All invalid balances" modes at Assignment level. At Group level, all modes are
supported as earlier. This change is done to prevent the users from running Generate Run
Balances in “All balances” mode at Assignment level without legitimate reason for the
same. This mode may take significant time for completion and Application may run into
performance issues until it is successfully completed. Going forward, the “All balances”
mode at Assignment level is to be used only if it is recommended to be used. Profile
Option “PAY: Allow All Balances for Assignment Level in Generate Run Balances” is
available to enable the All Balances mode for Assignment level as and when necessary.

3.38. Oracle Performance Management

3.38.1. Release 12.1.1

3.38.1.1. Mass Cascading of Objectives


Cascading objectives is a method by which objectives may be aligned across the
organization. This is critical for ensuring that all employees support the organizational
objectives. Cascaded objectives can be identical to the original objective or can
contribute to the original objective.
The mass cascading feature enables managers to cascade a single or multiple objectives
to multiple employees. The feature helps managers create the same objectives and new
supporting objectives for a higher-level objective for multiple employees in their
hierarchy. Mass cascading improves user experience by reducing the cycle time involved
in cascading objectives.

3.38.1.2. Line of Sight of Objectives


Line of Sight is a graphical representation of the alignment of objectives in an
organization. This feature displays objectives that are aligned or linked to each other in
the objectives hierarchy.
Line of Sight helps employees understand how their objectives have been cascaded down
through the organization and the association between objectives. The feature provides
management with online visibility of objectives alignment in the organization.

3.38.1.3. Display Workforce Performance Management Appraisals in the


Appraisals Function
You can now view all appraisals created using the Workforce Performance Management
or the standalone appraisals function, in the Appraisals In Progress table of the standalone

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 137
appraisals function. This feature enables users to access their appraisals from a single
location.

3.38.1.4. Reference to Talent Management Replaced with Performance


Management
From June 18th, 2007, Oracle Performance Management is licensed as a separate
product. With this change, all references to Talent Management will be replaced with
Performance Management.

3.38.1.5. Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style
While Creating Objectives
Accurate and precise targets drive most businesses. This enhancement supports decimal
values for the following components of the quantitative measurement style while creating
objectives:
• Target value
• Number
• Percentage
• Currency

3.38.1.6. Display Competency and Objectives Scores on Workflow Notification Page


This enhancement displays the following on the workflow notification page:
• Line scores for individual competencies
• New proficiency level for the competencies
• Line scores for individual objectives
• Total score for all competencies
• Overall comments for the competencies

3.38.1.7. Changes to Reject Option in Notifications


With this enhancement, the Reject option in notifications will not delete the appraisal, but
only change the appraisal status to Saved. The main appraiser can update the appraisal
and resubmit it for approval.

3.38.1.8. Enhance Capability of HR Administrator Function


The Performance Management Administrator feature provides robust administration
capabilities for performance management plans. Using this enhancement, administrators
can:
• Enroll new employees in published performance management plans.
• Remove the scorecards of transferred or terminated workers from published
performance management plans.
• Reopen worker scorecards to add additional objectives under certain conditions.
• Refresh scorecards to reevaluate the objectives’ eligibility and to include
additional objectives.
• Reopen worker appraisals.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 138
• Monitor performance management plans and roll back performance management
plans
When performance management plan administrators perform administrative actions on
worker scorecards or appraisals, notifications are automatically sent to the workers and
managers.
To improve the performance management administrator's capability to follow up on
transactions pending from workers and managers, administrators can now send mass
notifications to a subset of the performance management plan population.

3.38.1.9. Process for Managing Completed Performance Management Plans


The Performance Management home page for employees and managers has been
enhanced to show only active performance management plans. The HR administrator can
access all performance management plans. This enhancement includes a new status to
identify active and inactive plans. The plan administrator can modify the plan definition
and change the plan status to Active or Inactive.

3.38.2. Release 12.1.2

3.38.2.1. Use Eligibility Criteria to Define Plan Population


Performance management plan administrators can identify the plan population using
eligibility profiles and can roll out performance management plans to members who meet
the eligibility criteria. This feature helps plan administrators to roll out plans for a set of
workers within the identified plan population, such as workers on specific grades, jobs,
positions, and so on. Plan administrators can also attach different appraisal templates to
different groups of the identified plan population. For example, workers on Grade M can
receive the Manager Appraisal template, which includes the questionnaire for managers,
while workers on Grade E can receive the Executive Appraisal template, which includes
the questionnaire for executives.

3.38.2.2. Use Performance Journal


Using the Journal feature provided in both standard and performance management plan
appraisals, managers and workers can maintain a journal on their performance
achievements, training needs, and so on. Managers and workers can reference their
journals while updating appraisals. Journals are private to the employee.

3.38.3. Release 12.1.3

3.38.3.1. Manage Appraisals of Terminated Workers


For terminated workers, HR professionals and line managers can complete appraisals that
are in Saved, Planned, Transferred, Ongoing, or Pending Approval status. Managers can
update all appraisal details while HR professionals can update the Overall Ratings and
Overall Comments.
A configurable option also exists for workers, managers, and HR professionals to update
and complete appraisals when a future dated termination exists.
These changes apply to both standard appraisals and appraisals that are part of the
workforce performance management plans.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 139
3.38.3.2. Other Changes to the Appraisals Function
• Managers can view completed appraisals of workers who have transferred into
their business group from another business group.
• A Process Summary and an Error Exception report are provided for the Mass
Appraisal concurrent program.
These changes apply to both standard appraisals and appraisals that are part of the
workforce performance management plans.

3.38.3.3. Editable Pop-up for Quick Updates to Objectives


Managers can use the pop-up on the Update Appraisals page to quickly update the
following objective details:
• Actual Value
• Completion Percentage
• Performance Rating
• Comments

3.38.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.38.4.1. Performance Administrator enhancements


Oracle Performance Management delivers enhancements to improve operational
efficiency and usability for plan administrators. Performance management plan
administrators can now:
• Execute a specific business process, a combination of processes, or all processes
when republishing a plan based on their business needs. The following processes
are available:
o Reallocate updated objectives with original objectives from the
objectives library.
o Reevaluate plan population based on the eligibility profile and HR
changes.
o Refresh scorecards based on changes in eligibility and include additional
objectives in the scorecards.
o Reset scorecards status to resume objective setting.
• Perform other performance management plan tasks such as:
o Copy approved objectives from a previous scorecard to the new
scorecard when a worker is transferred to a new plan. In the case of
appraisals, specific information from the scorecard is copied to the new
scorecard.
o Complete an appraisal that is in Pending Appraisee Feedback status
when a plan is republished.
o Extend the objective setting deadline for a specific worker.
o Enable managers who are ineligible for a performance management plan
to access the plan tasks and set objectives for their subordinates who are
eligible for the published plan.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 140
o Change the topmost supervisor of a published plan if the topmost
supervisor is terminated or transferred (in the case of Supervisor
hierarchy alone).
o Display appropriate information in the Appraisal Rating Summary
Report based on the changes made in the supervisor hierarchy.

3.38.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.38.5.1. Perform Mass Change of Appraisers


Using the Mass Change Main Appraiser feature, HR professionals can perform a mass
change of the main appraiser of performance management plan appraisals, and appraisals
created using the Appraisals function, in a single transaction.
When HR professionals search for performance management plan appraisals or standard
appraisals to perform a mass change of the main appraiser, the application by default
retrieves records where the main appraiser in the worker’s appraisal is different from the
current supervisor in the worker’s assignment record.
If the main appraiser in the worker’s appraisal is the current supervisor and the HR
professional wants to do a mass change of main appraiser to some other main appraiser,
then that change can be made as well.

3.38.5.2. Use Configurable Print Options to Print Appraisals


Oracle Performance Management provides a configurable and flexible print option to
print appraisals. Managers and employee can choose the Print or Print All option to print
their completed and in-progress appraisals. When they select the Print option, users have
the flexibility to select the form layout or the table layout for the required appraisal
details. Users can further select the appraisal sections that they want to print. The
appraisal sections are based on the appraisal template configurations. The print options
are available for both performance management plan appraisals and standard appraisals,
in the Appraisals In Progress and Completed Appraisals tables. You can use the
predefined Appraisal Printable Template, which is an Oracle XML Publisher RTF
template, to print appraisals in PDF format, or you can create your own RTF template.

3.38.5.3. Use New Questionnaire Administration Feature


A new Questionnaire Administration function is available in the HR professional
responsibility. Using this new function, HR professionals can:
• Create questions and specify the following options for the answers:
o Free text
o List of values
o Drop-down list value
o Long text
• Make some or all questions in the questionnaire are mandatory.
• Re-order the questions in the questionnaire.
For a question with answers in a list of values or drop-down list, the answer can be a
value from an HR lookup or a rating scale. The HR administrator must select the lookup
or rating scale that the application should display.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 141
The long text answer type has a limit of 4000 characters.
You can use the options provided in the new Questionnaire Administration function to
define questionnaires that meet your business requirements.

3.38.6. Release 12.2

3.38.6.1. Use Star Ratings to Rate Performance and Proficiency Levels


Managers and workers can now use star ratings to rate performance and proficiency
levels in competencies. The star rating component is now available for Competency
Profile and Appraisals functions. In the Appraisals function, the star rating component is
displayed in the Competency Profile region. This function enables you to display
performance and proficiency rating scales as star ratings, instead of on conventional
rating scale values. To use the star rating component, set the profile option HR: Enable
Star Rating for Performance and Proficiency Levels in Competencies.

3.39. Oracle Person Data Removal Tool

3.39.1. Release 12.1.3 +

3.39.1.1. Initial Release

The Oracle E-Business Suite Person Data Removal Tool (PDRT) is designed to help you
remove selected person data from Oracle E-Business Suite tables. You can identify
persons for whom to remove person data, verify whether the data can be removed without
detriment to data integrity or business logic, resolve data removal constraints, and then
remove the data.

You should identify all the ways person data is stored and propagated in your system and
clearly define your person data removal requirements before you initiate the removal
process. Consider your legal compliance requirements and your organization’s data
retention policies and business processes. For more guidance about removal of person
data throughout your enterprise, see the My Oracle Support Knowledge Document
2363912.1, EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and Oracle E-Business
Suite (EBS) - Considerations and Product Capabilities.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.9.

3.40. Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR)

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Person Data Removal Tool 142
3.40.1. Release 12.1.1

3.40.1.1. Adjusted Service Date


Length of service is an essential parameter for calculating benefits for an employee.
Managers arrive at decisions related to promotions and compensation changes based on
the employee’s length of service. Existing functionality in Self-Service calculates length
of service based on the latest start date. With this enhancement, employees and managers
can view the adjusted years of service, where the years of service are based on the
adjusted service date.
The Show/Hide Region of the assignment records in My Information in Employee Self-
Service and My Employee Information in Manager Self-Service displays the adjusted
service date.

3.40.1.2. Grade Step and Point Changes


An employee’s salary may be attached to grades, which in turn might be attached to
grade steps and corresponding grade point values.
In the existing SSHR functionality, a manager can change the salary of an employee
reporting to them, but cannot change the grade step and point.
The enhancements in this release enable managers to view and update changes to their
employee’s grade step and point using SSHR. Employees can view their grade step and
point information.

3.40.1.3. Leave Accrual Information Based on Effective Date


Employees need to know their leave balance and managers need to know their
subordinates’ leave balance information at any given point of time. Current functionality
in SSHR for leave of absence shows the leave accrual information on the system date for
both Employee Self-Service and Manager Self-Service. Managers can also view the
accrual balances for their employees who belong to a different business group.
Release 12.1 offers more flexibility to the end user in determining the leave accrual
information. The modified leave accrual feature enhances the usability of the system and
the Self-Service views. Employees and managers can now enter an effective date and
view the entitlement balances (leave accrual) for that effective date.

3.40.1.4. Secured Access for Workflow Administrators Using Security Profiles


The Workflow Status Monitor enhancement enables you to have different workflow
administrators for different functional areas by restricting access based on criteria
specific to a particular functional area. You can now restrict the workflow administrator
access based on the security profiles defined at the organization, position, or hierarchy
level. The enhancement also enables role-based access control for workflow
administrators for the respective business groups.

3.40.1.5. Succession Planning


The Succession Planning and Management feature enables managers and HR personnel
to identify and manage the talent pool available in their organization. Using this feature,
both managers and HR personnel can:
• Designate jobs and positions as critical to the enterprise.
• Identify high risk workers.
• Create succession plans for critical jobs and positions.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 143
• Create succession plans for workers.
• View and modify succession plan information.

3.40.2. Release 12.1.1+

3.40.2.1. Employee Talent Profile


The Talent Profile feature provides a holistic view of an employee from a talent
management perspective. It presents the information relevant to talent management
decisions in a single page. You can also:
• View nine-box placement of the employee.
• Launch actions to update worker information.
• Print talent profiles for your workforce.

3.40.3. Release 12.1.2

3.40.3.1. Hire Employee Applicant into New Assignments


Employees can apply for internal vacancies within the organization. Using the Internal
Hire feature in SSHR, managers can hire employees with an accepted application into
additional assignments. Managers can process internal job applications and assign
employees to multiple assignments. This feature also allows managers to:
• Search for employees who are applicants with an accepted application.
• View the existing assignment information.
• Hire an employee into a new secondary assignment.
• Hire an employee into a new assignment and switch the new assignment to
primary. The existing assignment is switched to secondary.

3.40.3.2. Rehire Former Employees


Terminated workers may need to be rehired into the same organization. Former
employees may not be required to go through the normal application process to be
rehired. The Rehire feature enables managers to directly rehire former employees into the
same organization and does not require the former employees to be applicants with an
accepted application. This feature also allows managers to:
• View the terminated assignments information.
• View the rehire recommendation and termination details.
• Rehire the former employee into a new primary assignment.

3.40.3.3. View Oracle Self-Service Attachments in Oracle HRMS


Managers and employees can attach supporting documents while performing self-service
transactions. The attachments are available to the approvers of the transaction while the
approval process is in progress. After the transaction is approved, the attachments are not
available for future reference of the HR. This feature provides the flexibility to save the
supporting documents attached through Self-Service pages and makes those documents
available for the professional user within Oracle HRMS.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 144
3.40.3.4. Terminate Secondary Assignments
Employees can have multiple assignments at a time. This feature enables managers to
terminate secondary assignments using SSHR. When an employee is transferred to other
assignments, the existing assignments may have to be terminated. This feature also
provides the flexibility to perform changes to the secondary assignment data while
terminating the secondary assignment. Using this feature, managers can also end
placements of contingent workers who are on multiple placements.

3.40.3.5. Use Context Sensitive EITs


This release enhances the capabilities of context sensitive EITs in SSHR. The flexfield
context can be auto-set depending on other segments. The ability to capture additional
information for Self-Service users is further enhanced with this feature. The context in
the dependent flexfield is displayed based on other flexfield segments. For example, a
flexfield is defined for capturing passport information. When a country is selected in the
flexfield, then additional information specific to the selected country is displayed in the
additional passport details flexfield.

3.40.3.6. View Employee Information in Pop-up Windows


Managers require quick access to employee information while performing self-service
actions. The Employee Information pop-up window displays contact information,
organization, job, position, location, and supervisor information for employees in a
manager’s hierarchy. The employee’s photograph is also displayed in the pop-up
window. The Employee Information pop-up window is also shown to managers for
employees in the manager’s My List (My List shows the records of employees outside
the hierarchy to whose records the manager has access).

3.40.4. Release 12.1.3

3.40.4.1. Hire Employee Applicants and Replace or Merge Applicant Assignment


with Primary Assignment
Prior to this release, managers could hire employees with an accepted application into
additional assignments using the Applicant Hire and Rehire feature in SSHR. Managers
may also need to replace the primary assignment with the accepted assignment or merge
the accepted assignment with primary assignment while hiring the employee applicant
into an accepted assignment.
SSHR provides further flexibility to managers while hiring employee applicants.
Managers can:
• Hire an employee into the accepted assignment and replace the primary
assignment
• Hire an employee into the accepted assignment and merge with the primary
assignment

3.40.4.2. Reverse Termination


After a worker resigns and is terminated, during the notice period, the worker may decide
to withdraw the resignation. In such cases, managers have to reverse the termination even
after the last day of employment is passed. In earlier releases, once termination was
processed, managers could not reverse the termination from SSHR. Managers had to
request the HR administrator to reverse the termination in the professional interface.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 145
Managers can now reverse the termination in SSHR using the Manager Self-Service
responsibility. This enhancement provides increased capability to managers to manage
employment and gives greater control over employment related actions. This feature also
further reduces dependency on the HR administrator.

3.40.4.3. Voluntary Termination


In earlier SSHR functionality, workers could not initiate voluntary termination requests.
Managers had to initiate the process on behalf of the worker. With this release, workers
can raise requests for termination, reducing the workload on the manager.
This feature enables:
• Employees to initiate voluntary termination requests from the Employee Self-
Service responsibility
• Contingent workers to initiate End Placement from the Contingent Worker Self-
Service responsibility
• Employees or contingent workers to reassign their direct reports while initiating
termination
This enhancement provides increased capability to workers and facilitates the online
process for voluntary exit.

3.40.4.4. Transaction Details in FYI Notifications


When a self-service transaction is submitted for approval, the approver notification
displays the current transaction data and the proposed changes to the current data. FYI
notifications can be set up to be delivered to the participants in the approval process after
the approver acts on the notification. In earlier releases, FYI notifications generated after
the final approval did not contain details of the approved or rejected transaction. The
recipient of the FYI notification had to navigate through the application pages to view the
changes that had been approved. With this release, recipients of FYI notifications can
view the details of the transaction in the notification itself. FYI notifications now display
proposed changes.
The feature can be enabled using a configurable option. This feature brings significant
improvement to the usability of SSHR notifications.

3.40.4.5. View Entitlement Balances in Notifications


When an employee submits an absence request, the approver receives a notification. In
earlier releases, the notification did not contain accrual balance information. Managers
had to navigate to the Absence Management page and select the employee to view the
accrual balance. With this release, managers can view the accrual balance information in
a pop-up in the approval notification.
This feature allows managers to:
• View Accrual balances in a pop-up in approval notification.
• Enter an effective date and search for accrual balance as of that date in the pop-
up.
This feature allows employees to:
• View accrual balance in a pop-up when creating, updating or submitting an
absence.
• View accrual balance in a pop-up when confirming a planned absence.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 146
• Enter an effective date and search for accrual balance as of that date in the pop-
up.

3.40.4.6. Restrict Absence Type LOV


Prior to this release, all absence types created using Oracle HRMS were displayed to
users in SSHR. With this release, implementers can update a package to restrict the
absence types that are displayed to users based on the business requirements. This feature
ensures that employees enter only those absences for which they are eligible, and
managers do not have to verify the validity of the absence type of employee requests.

3.40.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.40.5.1. Support for Parallel Approvals in SSHR


Using Oracle Approvals Management (AME), you can set up approval groups for parallel
approvals in Oracle SSHR. Parallelization is enabled at the Member level in the approval
groups and the First Responder Wins voting method is supported.

When a self-service transaction is submitted that uses the AME rule with the First
Responder Wins voting method, the application sends the approval request to all
members of the approval group. It allows any member of the approval group to approve,
reject, or return the transaction for correction to the transaction initiator. It displays an
Action History region in the approval notification of the transaction to enable all
members of the approval group to know the latest status of the transaction. The Action
History region displays the name of the approver, the date on which a member of the
approval group acted on the transaction, and any comments that have been made. The
changes made by the transaction initiator are updated in the database when any member
of the approval group approves the transaction.

3.40.5.2. Organization Chart


Oracle SSHR provides a new Organization Chart, which greatly enhances the user
interface that managers use to view their hierarchy. Details of workers in the manager's
hierarchy are displayed on panel cards. The application supports different hierarchy
viewer layouts.
Using the Organization Chart, managers can:
• View Contact, Employment and Salary information for workers in their
hierarchy.
• Identify key high-potential workers with succession plans, key high-potential
workers without succession plans, and workers whose salary is above or below
the specified grade range.
• Launch self-service actions for workers.
Using the Employee Self-Service responsibility, workers can also use the Organization
Chart to view their hierarchy. Employee Self-Service users can only view contact and
employment information in the cards.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 147
3.40.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.40.6.1. Launch Actions from Side Navigator in Organization Chart or Talent


Profile
Managers and workers can use either the Organization Chart page or the Talent Profile
page to launch Personal Actions or Manager Actions from a side navigator. The side
navigator helps employees and managers to execute and complete multiple self-service
transactions for themselves or for employees in their hierarchy without leaving the page.

3.40.6.2. Control the Display of Effective Date, Review, and Confirmation Pages
You can determine whether the Effective Date, Review, and Confirmation pages must be
displayed for self-service transactions or not, in accordance with your business
requirements. This configurable option is useful for top management executives who may
want to enter transaction details and complete a self-service transaction without routing it
for approval.

3.40.6.3. Use Quick Termination and Change Hours Processes


Oracle SSHR provides two new processes to perform Change Hours and Termination
transactions quickly.
Using the new Change Hours process, managers can change the work schedule and
assignment category of a worker and submit the transaction without having to change the
worker’s pay.
Using the new Quick Termination process, managers can enter the termination details of
a worker who is a manager and submit the transaction without having to navigate to the
Change Manager page to reassign workers reporting to the terminated manager. When
you use the Quick Termination process, you can set the profile option HR: No Supervisor
Error or Warning to help users decide whether to proceed with the termination
transaction or not. If the terminated person is a manager, then based on the value of the
profile option, Oracle SSHR displays either an error or a warning message. In the case of
a warning, Oracle SSHR redirects all the direct reports of the terminated manager to the
immediate supervisor of the terminated manager and a message to this effect is displayed.

3.40.6.4. Current Effective Date Appears on Initial Page


As a part of the UI enhancement, the current effective date page now appears in a new
region at the top of the initial page, which is displayed when any function is launched.

3.40.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.40.7.1. SSHR Transaction Monitor


Using the Transaction Monitor feature, employees, managers, and HR professionals can
view and track the details of their self-service transactions that are in Pending Approval,
Deferred, Completed, or Errored status. For self-service transactions that are in Pending
approval or completed status, employees, managers, and HR professionals can use the
transaction monitor to view the approval history, comments, and attachments for the
transactions, if any. Employees can view all transactions that they initiate. However,
managers can view only those transactions initiated by them on any worker within their
hierarchy. HR professionals can view all transactions initiated by workers and managers
based on their security profile.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) 148
3.40.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.40.8.1. Assignment-Level Hierarchy Support in Talent Profile and Organization


Chart
In the Organization Chart and Talent Profile page, managers can now view multiple
assignment records for their subordinate, if the subordinate has more than one
assignment. Using the Assignment drop-down list in the Talent Profile page, managers
can select the relevant assignment to view details and perform appropriate actions.
Managers can also view and process actions for more than one assignment of an
employee using the Organization Chart. Prior to this release, the Organization Chart and
the Talent Profile displayed only one assignment for each subordinate.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.40.9. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12

3.40.9.1. Ability to Hire Contact


Hiring a contact from the Oracle SSHR’s Hire function is not possible due to the
duplicate person check. This validation occurs, as contact is already available in the
system. To provide this capability, in this release, ability to hire contact is provided from
the Applicant Hire and Re-hire function. A new value ‘Other’ is added to the person type
drop-down. By selecting this value, users can search an existing contact and hire the
contact as an employee.

3.40.9.2. ICalendar integration for Absences

In this release, notifications are enhanced to contain .ics file so that notification receiver
can add the file to create an event in their calendar.

3.40.10. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13

3.40.10.1. Delete or Modify Started LOA


Prior to this release it was not possible from employee or manager self-service “Leave of
Absence” to delete or modify approved absence, which has already started. Now with this
release, ability is provided to modify or delete the absences even though it has started.

3.41. Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite

3.41.1. Overview
With Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite,
employees and managers can access their HR information on the go.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite
149
• Managers can search employees by name, view their employment details, and
absences
• Managers can update employee assignment details such as job, position, grade,
location, manager, organization, and salary
• Employees can view their person and job information, and pay slips for last 12
months
• Employees can create, edit, delete, and view their absences, add and update their
primary address
• US employees can simulate their pay, view W-2, view/update their Federal and
State W-4 tax forms.

Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite is


compatible with Oracle E-Business Suite 12.1.3, 12.2.3, and later releases. To use this
app, you must be a user of Oracle Self-Service Human Resources and/or a user of
Oracle Payroll for viewing payslips, with mobile services configured on the server side
by your administrator. For information on how to configure mobile services on the
server and for app-specific information, see My Oracle Support Note 1641772.1 at
https://support.oracle.com.

Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite is available
in the following languages: Brazilian Portuguese, Canadian French, Dutch, English,
French, German, Italian, Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, and
Spanish.

3.41.2. Mobile Release 5.0 – Client Version 1.0.0

3.41.2.1. Initial Release


With Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite,
employees can view their Person Information, Job Information, can view their payslips
for the last twelve months, and can create, edit, and view their absences.
Managers can search for a team member by name, view their employees’ person cards
and job information, and easily communicate with team members on the go.
To use this app, you must be a Self-Service Human Resources user. For viewing payslips,
you must be a Payroll user.

3.41.2.2. Mobile Foundation Release 5.0 Updates


• User installation and usage metrics for administrator
• Updated look and feel for selected app interactions
• Uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF) 2.2.2

3.41.3. Mobile Release 6.0 - Client Version 1.1.0

3.41.3.1. Update Assignment Details


Managers can now update team member assignment details such as jobs, position, grades,
locations and organizations.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite
150
3.41.3.2. View Federal and State W-4 tax forms
Employees can view and update their Federal and State W-4 tax forms. This feature
applies to the United States localization.

3.41.3.3. Mobile Foundation Release 6.0 Updates


• Ability to open links to external websites within the app on Android devices
• Updated look and feel, including native look and feel for action sheets on iOS
devices
• Ability to easily clear user credential fields in the Sign In page
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.3.1
3.41.4. Mobile Release 7.0 - Client Version 1.2.0

3.41.4.1. Update Supervisor


The change manager capability has been added to Update Assignment feature for
managers.

3.41.4.2. Update Salary


Managers can update team member salary.

3.41.4.3. Add or Update Address


Employees can add or update their primary address.

3.41.4.4. Paycheck Simulator


United States employees can model what-if scenarios such as how net pay would be
impacted by altering tax related details, earnings and deductions details.

3.41.4.5. View W-2 tax forms


Employees can view their Federal W-2 tax form. This feature applies to the United
States localization.

3.41.4.6. Mobile Foundation Release 7.0 Updates


• Ability to import custom CA or self-signed server certificates to standard apps
for TLS connections to Oracle E-Business Suite
• Ability to download the mobile app configuration automatically from the server
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.4.0

3.41.5. Mobile Release 8.0 – Client Version V 1.3.0

3.41.5.1. Document of Records


Manager can view and update employees Document of Records. Employees can view
and update their Document of Records.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Self-Service Human Resources for Oracle E-Business Suite
151
3.41.5.2. View Benefits
Employees can view their current benefits and pending action items.

3.41.5.3. View Form-16 and Form 12BB


Employees can view their Form-16 and Form 12BB. The feature applies to the India
localization.

3.41.5.4. View T4, T4A, RL1 and RL2 Slips


Employees can view their T4, T4A, RL1 and RL2 slips. This feature applies to the
Canada localization.

3.41.5.5. Payment Methods


Employees can view and update their payment methods.

3.41.5.6. Mobile Foundation Release 8.0 Updates


• For apps installed through an Enterprise Mobility Management (EMM) solution's
app catalog, support for having the EBS Server URL preconfigured by an
administrator rather than requiring users to enter it after launching the app.
• Enhancement to prevent attachments viewed within the app from being shared
elsewhere on iOS devices.
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.5.0

3.42. Oracle Succession Planning


Oracle Succession Planning is a newly licensable product that is available for Oracle E-
Business Suite 12.1.1 customers. Oracle Succession Planning includes the following
functions:
• Succession Plans
• Suitability Matching
• Talent Profile
Note that Succession Planning was released after the base release of 12.1.1 and must be
applied on top of 12.1.1.

3.42.1. Release 12.1.2

3.42.1.1. Succession Plans


The Succession Plans feature helps you to:
• Identify available and qualified talent pool.
• Identify types of talent required to meet business goals.
• Search the talent pool for potential successors.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Succession Planning 152
• Create and maintain succession plans to ensure that critical roles are covered at
all times.

3.42.1.2. Suitability Matching


The Suitability Matching feature helps you to:
• Compare competencies using the Suitability Analyzer to identify suitable
successors.
• Identify training and other development activities to close the gap between a
worker's competencies and those required by the enterprise.

3.42.1.3. Talent Profile Comparison Report


The Talent Profile feature provides the following additional capabilities for Oracle
Succession Planning users:
• View nine-box matrices in a separate, flash-based user interface.
• Use the Talent Profile Comparison report to compare two or more potential
successors and add potential successors from the Talent Profile page itself.

3.42.1.4. Update Succession Plan EIT for Workers


When planning succession for workers, managers can now use the Employee Succession
Details EIT to directly enter additional succession information about a worker, such as
retention and succession potential, and identify whether the worker is a key person in the
enterprise. Managers do not have use either Oracle HRMS or Oracle SSHR to provide
this additional information.

3.42.1.5. Create Succession Plans for Contingent Workers


Typically, the composition of the workforce in any enterprise includes full-time
employees, part-time workers, and contingent workers who may occupy critical positions
to complete specific projects. Oracle Succession Planning helps you to plan succession
for such contingent workers for business continuity.

3.42.1.6. View Talent Profile of Workers from Succession Planning Page


For effective succession planning, managers need to view the workers’ talent profiles to
make an informed decision. The Create Succession Plan page now includes the ability to
navigate to the talent profile of a worker for whom successors are being identified.

3.42.1.7. View Succession Plans of Former Employees


Managers can now search for former employees to view their succession plans and gather
information about the succession plan and successors identified. This is very useful in
cases where the transition was not effected before the last work day of the employee, and
HR professionals and managers need access to the former employee’s succession plan
record to implement the succession plan.

3.42.1.8. View Employee Information in Popup Windows


HR professionals and managers can now view employee information in the pop-up
window of the Search for Successors page in the Succession Planning function and the
Find Suitable People: Suitable People page in the Suitability Matching Function. The
pop-up window displays contact information, organization, job, position, location and

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Succession Planning 153
supervisor information for employees. The employee’s photograph is also displayed in
the pop-up window.

3.42.2. Release 12.1.3

3.42.2.1. Usability Changes in Succession Planning


Oracle Succession Planning now enables managers to:
• Identify and track succession plans using the new Succession Plan Status field.
For example, managers can search for succession plans in Draft or Active status.
• Enter the Readiness Percent for potential successors, so that it is easy to identify
how ready a potential successor is to progress to the identified role.

3.42.3. Release 12.1.3+

3.42.3.1. Enhanced Succession Planning


The succession plan has been enhanced in order to improve the process of identifying
probable successors and the ability to audit plans:
• New attributes such as Plan Owner, Plan Name, and other relevant plan details
have been added.
• Users can add attachments to succession plans in order to document or support
the decision making process.
• Attachments or notes can be added to each probable successor identified in the
plan.
• When a succession plan is created, key stakeholders in the plan can receive a
workflow approval notification.
• The ability to view assignment changes for probable successors has been added
to help HR professionals and talent managers evaluate, review, and manage
succession plans.

3.42.3.2. Succession Planning Portals for Talent Managers and HR Professionals


Oracle Succession Planning provides talent managers and HR professionals with portals
for quick access to succession plans and to launch relevant actions from a single page.
Talent managers can view the hierarchy of workers reporting to them and can easily
identify key and high-potential workers within their hierarchy. They can view the details
of plans available for such workers and can process their plans. A dashboard of plans that
were recently reviewed and plans that are scheduled for review eliminates the need to
search for this information. The portal provides talent managers and HR professionals
with an easy-to-use interface and rapid access to key information.

3.42.3.3. Succession Analytics


In this release, Oracle Succession Planning delivers a range of actionable analytics that
help HR professionals and talent managers administer the succession planning process
effectively and efficiently. The analytical reports provided are:
• Readiness and Risk Analysis of Probable Successors: This report gives insight
into the risk associated with probable successors identified for key and high-
potential workers. The risk may be either in terms of low readiness of the

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Succession Planning 154
probable successors to assume higher responsibilities, or inadequate number of
successors identified.
• Turnover Analysis of Key Talent: Using this report, talent managers and HR
professionals can analyze the turnover details of probable successors identified
for key and high-potential workers.
• Succession Plan Details for High Potential Workers: To proactively plan and
manage the succession planning process in their enterprise, talent managers and
HR professionals can use this report to track key and high-potential workers with
and without succession plans.
• Succession Plan Effectiveness: talent managers and HR professionals can use this
report to evaluate the effectiveness of the succession planning and management
process based on the number of plans filled by potential successors who were
identified for such plans.

3.42.3.4. View Succession Hierarchy


The succession hierarchy is a visual representation of the successors identified for
workers at each level. It helps talent managers and HR professionals analyze the full
impact of succession plans that are in place, particularly at the higher levels of the
enterprise. The succession hierarchy also assists in tracking succession changes,
understanding any gaps in the succession hierarchy, and assessing the impact of these
gaps on business continuity. This holistic view helps you avoid the risk of mobility at
higher levels cascading to lower levels in the organization. It also helps in replacement
planning and ensures that workers are ready to fill new roles at all levels when the need
arises.

3.42.3.5. Succession Plan Administration


HR professionals can now control the succession planning process across the enterprise.
They can:
• View succession analytics at the enterprise level, based on their access to data,
and initiate appropriate actions.
• Define job and position-based plans and assign them to managers who can then
nominate probable successors.
• Define business permissions such as whether contingent workers can be
identified as probable successors, whether managers can override the
competency-based search and add specific successors to succession plans, and set
the maximum number of successors that can be identified for a plan. Other
permissions include the ability to display succession plans for terminated workers
and to set the maximum number of succession plans a worker can belong to.

3.42.4. Release 12.2.5

3.42.4.1. Configurable Talent Matrix


With this release, managers and HR personnel can use the Configurable Talent Matrix,
which provides enhanced tools for succession planning and management. The
Configurable Talent Matrix replaces the existing OAF-based 9-Box Matrix and needs to
be deployed on Oracle WebLogic Server.

The Configurable Talent Matrix:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Succession Planning 155
• Provides flexibility to define the grid or matrices to meet the business
requirements of the enterprise.
• Supports various combinations for Performance, Potential, and Retention
matrices to identify suitable successors.
• Enables printing worker talent profiles based on the Configurable Talent Matrix.
• Saves different combinations for Performance, Potential, and Retention matrices
in templates, which can be selected by the user to view the Configurable Talent
Matrix for a particular combination.

3.42.5. Release R12.1 HRMS RUP10

3.42.5.1. Talent Matrix Integration


Prior to this release, the Configurable Talent Matrix replaced the OAF-based 9-Box
Matrix, deploying Oracle Web Logic Server. With this release all the references to de-
supported Adobe flex 3.0 components are integrated with new ADF based components.
The Spider graph is replaced with a new ADF based spider graph.
This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.43. Oracle Time and Labor

3.43.1. Release 12.1.1

3.43.1.1. Blank Timecard Rows Retained when Saving Timecard


Prior to this release, when you selected a Zero Hours template for creating a timecard,
Oracle Time and Labor Self-Service appropriately populated the template rows into the
timecard. If you entered time information for some rows and left the other rows
untouched, the timecard rows without time entries were deleted upon saving the timecard.
This is inconvenient when you later want to enter time for the untouched rows, as the
specific rows are no longer available.
This enhancement enables Oracle Time and Labor Self-Service users to retain timecard
rows with no hour values when saving the timecard. Such rows are available when you
want to update the saved timecard at later point of time. By default, the current behavior
is in place and you can make the new functionality available by configuring the OTL
preferences.

3.43.1.2. Define Number of Timesheet Line Rows to Pre-Populate


Prior to this release, you could pre-populate timecard rows using static and dynamic
templates like Last Timecard or user-defined templates without hour values being
imported onto the new timecard.
With this enhancement, you can save the timecard rows with no hour values when the
timecard is pre-populated from timecard templates. When you submit the timecard,
timecard rows with no hour values will be ignored.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 156
3.43.1.3. Summarize Regular/Overtime Hours Separately
Prior to this release, the Regular/Overtime summary region was available only on the
Timecard Review page.
With this enhancement, you can view the details of time entered and the overtime
calculation results on the confirmation page along with timecard explosion.

3.43.1.4. Supervisor Report to Identify Missing Timesheets


Prior to this release, the Missing Timecards report identified the number of timecards
missing and their statuses. However, status information is not reported when the user has
actually submitted the timecard.
With this enhancement, a supervisor can query the number of timecards in different
statuses, such as Not Entered, Working, Error, Submitted, Approved, and Rejected, along
with the user names and last submitted date.

3.43.1.5. Supervisor List of Timesheets Expected and Status Online


Prior to this release, supervisors were unable to query the status of employees’ timecards
under their hierarchy.
The new Supervisor Timesheet dashboard enables supervisors to query the status of
timecards in their supervisor hierarchy. Additionally, the dashboard displays a graphical
representation of percentage of timecards per status. This enhancement enables
supervisors to efficiently find timecards that are missing, submitted, or approved for a
specific timecard period. The supervisor can also generate timecard status details.

3.43.1.6. Use the Audit Change Report to Identify Changes Made to Timesheets
As employees have the ability, through Oracle Time and Labor Preferences, to change
timecard data (any changes and any number of times) after submission, they may submit
the same timecard for approval more than once for the same period.
The new Audit Change Report enables time administrators to identify changes made to
the timecards. The report tracks the changes and indicates the number of times and what
data was changed after timecard save, submission, and subsequent approvals. You can
print and retain this report for audit purposes.

3.43.1.7. Audit Trail on Time Cards


This feature provides the complete history of a timecard from submission through
approval stages. The report displays details such as the number of times a particular
timecard is submitted, modified, or deleted, and various actions done by various
employees and approvers on a particular timecard.

3.43.1.8. Display Last Person Who Updated Timesheet


You can now identify the person who last updated the time details on the timecard. This
is valuable because a timecard can undergo many changes after an employee creates it.

3.43.1.9. Changes in Core HR and OTL to Support Services Procurement


Prior to this release, a contingent worker could report time against only one purchase
order number, which was associated to the worker’s assignment. The contingent worker’s
assignment is defined in the Core HR, wherein supplier name, purchase order number,
and purchase order line are associated. These details are retrieved in OTL, to enable the
contingent worker to report time for the above-mentioned combination.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 157
With this enhancement, a contingent worker can report time for multiple purchase orders.
and against any valid project whether or not the project is associated with a purchase
order.
A new user interface is provided wherein users can associate multiple purchase orders
with a contingent worker. You can navigate to this user interface from the Supplier tab of
the Assignment page of Oracle HRMS (Core HR). The existing functionality for
associating purchase orders, purchase order lines, and suppliers remains.
This enhancement enables Oracle Time and Labor Time Sheet to retrieve multiple
purchase orders in the Purchase Order list of values. Now this LOV populates all
associated purchase orders for the contingent worker and enables the worker to report
time against multiple purchase orders.

3.43.1.10. Multiple Alias Support in Notification Layout


This enhancement includes changes to the OTL Inline Notification timecard layout to
support layout attributes. The changes ensure that the layout attributes added to the right
side of the timecard summary matrix are included in the Day Details page context data
dictionary. Additionally, timecard attributes have been added to the right of the timecard
hours summary table in the inline notification layout.

3.43.1.11. Oracle Time and Labor User Interface Enhancements


Release 12.1 enhances Oracle Time and Labor with the following changes to the Self-
Service pages:
• New Recent Timecard, wherein the existing Recent Timecards and Timecard
Search pages are merged together as one
• Ability to delete multiple timecards in a single action
• New Projects and Projects Payroll layouts with project number and name
concatenated together. The same has been done for task details.
• Ability to set Default Timecard Period for a user
• Ability to set Default Approval Action for a Supervisor/Approver
• Ability to set Future Time Period Limit for a user
• New status column to display transfer status of a timecard to recipient
applications
The changes on various predefined timecard layouts improve the productivity of OTL
self-service users.

3.43.1.12. Disabled Text Field Enhancement


Prior to this release, you could design the timecard layout by configuring the Timecard
Entry Layout LDT file to add text fields to the timecard layout, with the fields editable by
default.
This enhancement enables you to define whether a field on the timecard layout should be
editable or not. The setup that you define for these text fields in the Timecard Entry
Layout LDT file determines whether the fields are either enabled or disabled on the Self-
Service Timecard Entry Layout page.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 158
3.43.1.13. Enhancement to Preference Eligibility Criteria (Responsibility-Based
Preference)
In earlier releases, OTL’s preference eligibility criteria for a selected responsibility assign
preferences to the user when they’ve selected the responsibility, while logged in to the
system, and only for preferences that are required for the session. For example,
preferences that set the timecard layout or the number of blank rows on the timecard may
be set and used for the session. However, preference values required for processes
executed after the timecard submission, for example, preferences required to assign
values for Retrieval Rules, Application Set or Approval Style, use preference eligibility
criteria that can be determined when the user has not selected the responsibility. The
preferences used for post-timecard-submission processes use the preference eligibility
based on HR assignment attributes, assigned to a specific, named person, or assigned to
all people.
This enhancement provides a way to assign both temporary (session), and post-
submission preferences based on an OTL responsibility, and have those preferences be
persistent after the submission process. This allows for added flexibility in assigning
preferences and enabling OTL functionality.

3.43.2. Release 12.1.2

3.43.2.1. OTL Time Card integration with HR Absences


With the integration of Oracle HR and Oracle SSHR absence modules with Oracle Time
and Labor, absences created in Oracle HR and Oracle SSHR are automatically entered in
the Oracle Time and Labor timecard. Absence entries that are created or edited in the
timecard along with other time entries can be viewed in the Oracle HR absence module.
This enhancement introduces checks and validations in the timecard and absence
modules to ensure that data consistency is maintained.

3.43.3. Release 12.1.3

3.43.3.1. Time Card Retrieval Dashboard


With this release, time administrators have exhaustive and real-time insight into the
timecard retrieval process for Oracle Payroll and Oracle Projects applications using the
new Time Card Retrieval Dashboard. This dashboard helps time administrators in
effectively monitoring the retrieval process progress, viewing pre- and post-retrieval
information, and taking prompt corrective actions for errors. This feature also helps time
administrators to visualize and analyze timecard retrieval information based on criteria
such as HR Supervisor, Project Manager, and timecard attributes.

3.43.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.43.4.1. Rollback Transfer Time from OTL to Batch Element Entry Process.
With this release, a new concurrent program is provided to roll back the payroll
retrievals. This process is equipped to roll back all payroll entries transferred from OTL
to Batch Element Entry either in full or for a timecard. This includes timecards
transferred directly to and timecards transferred through the Oracle Time and Labor
Rules (OTLR) Evaluation Engine to Batch Element Entry.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 159
3.43.4.2. Retrieval Dashboard Changes
From this release, Retrieval Dashboard is HR-security enabled. The Retrieval Dashboard
now retrieves employee records based on the HR security profile attached to the
responsibility or user. You can use the new Retrieval Dashboard feature, which provides
two new predefined responsibilities: Time Manager and Time Administrator. The Time
Manager responsibility does not have access to the Initiate Retrieval tab.

3.43.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.43.5.1. Enhanced Timecard Status Dashboard


Oracle Time and Labor has a Missing Timecards report to identify the number of
timecards missing and the details of the timecards with different statuses. This is an
administrator report, and this kind of information is not available for a supervisor from
Self-Service. This makes it difficult for a supervisor to find the status of the timecards for
a given group of employees for a specific timecard period. To facilitate this, in the earlier
releases the Supervisor Time Card Dashboard was provided.
In this release, Timecard Start Time and Timecard Stop Time fields are added as search
criteria. Supervisors can now search by range, and do not require knowledge of the
recurring period. The Recurring Period is now optional. Supervisors can still use
Recurring Period and Timecard Period fields in a search.

3.43.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.43.6.1. Self-Service Additional Details


Oracle Time and Labor enables the Self-Service and Timekeeper user to enter timecards
along with additional details in specific layouts. Prior to this release, Self-Service
descriptive flexfields for additional details were displayed irrespective of the availability
of data. With this release, additional details display only when data is available.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4

3.43.6.2. Assignment Time Information


With this release, Web ADI Integrator for mass uploading and modification of
assignment time information is available to OTL administrators. Earlier, OTL
administrators had to create or edit assignments individually for each employee.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4

3.43.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.43.7.1. Time Entry Detail Report


Prior to this release, the OTL application exploded time based on the rules defined in the
OTLR modules only after the timecard was approved and transferred to the OTLR
module. In this release, to enable time explosion for analysis and efficiency planning,
time explosion is simulated and made available even before approval and transfer. The
exploded data is stored in a new table and a public view is provided. OTL users can use
this view to build custom reports.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 160
3.43.7.2. OTLR Timecard Integration with HR Absences
Earlier, absences created in Oracle HR and Oracle SSHR were only populated in the
Oracle Time and Labor timecard. In this release, this integration is extended to OTLR as
well.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.43.7.3. Day of the Week Rule


In this release an additional daily earning rule is provided to mark days to be treated as
special days for the purpose of time explosion. Daily or special earning policies may
have daily earning rules applied on time entries to determine regular and overtime hours.
This enhancement enables users to treat a specific day differently from the rest of the
days for the purpose of determining regular time and overtime.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.43.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP10


3.43.8.1. Adjustment of Overtime – Payroll period incompatibility with Time card
period
In this release weekly overtime for timecards with payroll periods that start at the end of
the week can be adjusted. The application will automatically adjust the previous payroll
period where overridden hours must be included for weekly overtime cap.
This feature is forward-ported to Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10.

3.43.9. Release 12.2

3.43.9.1. New Projects Layouts for Actual Costing


In this release, Oracle Projects provides a feature to process project labor transactions
from actual payroll costs in addition to the existing standard costing basis. Users have the
option to use actual pay rates to calculate accrued labor cost amounts or standard labor
costs. To ensure the most accurate pay rate derivation, new timecard attributes such as
Job, Work Type and Location are captured in the timecard in addition to existing fields
for Project, Task and Type. New layouts are provided to capture the additional pay rate
derivation attributes. To use the new layout, you must enable the new preference Time
Store Enhanced Projects and Payroll Integration Setup. The PRC: Transaction Import
program retrieves the new values when timecards are imported to Oracle Projects.

3.43.9.2. Attachments in Timecards


There are many business scenarios wherein supporting documents are required to
substantiate the time entry. From this release, users can add attachments to their
timecards. Users can attach a file, freeform text, or a URL. The system profile OTL:
Enable Timecard Attachments must be set to enable timecard attachments.

3.43.9.3. Checkbox to Confirm Time Entry Accuracy


With this release, a new check box is provided on the Timecard Review page. The
Submit button is enabled when a user selects this check box. The purpose of this check

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 161
box is to obtain an affirmative acknowledgement and confirm the accuracy of the time
details entered by the user.

3.43.10. Release 12.2.5

3.43.10.1. Concurrent Run of Transfer Time for OTL to BEE


The Transfer Time from OTL to BEE process retrieves time stored in OTL and passes the
data to Oracle Payroll via the BEE interface. Prior to this release, the process ran in
sequence, meaning multiple submissions of the process ran one after another. With this
enhancement, the Transfer Time from OTL to BEE process runs simultaneously in an
instance as long as requests are made from different business groups. This simultaneous
run of the process enables accelerates payroll processing by retrieving time data
concurrently for different business groups.

3.43.11. Release 12.2.6

3.43.11.1. Credit Overtime as Absence Accrual


In this release an option is provided for administrators to credit overtime earned by
employees to the respective employees’ accrual plans as Paid Time Off or Absence. An
option is provided to link overtime earning types (payroll elements) to absence elements
used in Net Calculation Rules for accrual plans. Accrual Plans are affected with the Paid
Time Off in lieu of overtime when timecards that include overtime are processed into
Payroll.

3.43.11.2. New Calendar View of Timecards


In this release a new page based on Application Development Framework (ADF)
technology displays all time entries recorded in the time store, with start and stop times or
hours displayed in flexible calendar styles. Available time entries are indicated with user-
configurable color patterns. This enhancement also provides the ability to navigate to the
existing Create Timecards and View Timecards pages.

3.43.12. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP10

3.43.12.1. Line Manager Time Entry for Terminated Employees


Prior to this release, line managers were unable to make time entries for terminated
employee. With this release, functionality is provided so a line manager can make time
entries for the terminated employees as well.

3.43.12.2. Timekeeper Groups by Supervisor


Prior to this release, when defining a Timekeeper Group, people are associated with the
group on the basis of Assignment Set and Organization. With this release, the additional
option of HR Supervisor is provided. Now, new Timekeeper Groups can be defined by a
supervisor which means all reportees of a selected supervisor can be associated to a
Timekeeper Group with a single selection.

3.43.13. Release 12.2.7

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 162
3.43.13.1. Enabling OTLR for Project Payroll Integration
Earlier, as a part of Projects Payroll integration, the ‘Work Based Projects’ timecard
layout was delivered. This layout contains attributes like Job, Work Type and Location in
addition to the standard attributes like Projects, Task and Expenditure Type. However,
for this layout, the OTL rules engine was not enabled. In this release OTL rules engine is
enabled for ‘Work Based Projects’ time card. Now projects users can leverage the
functionality of OTLR for computing Overtime and Premium pays as examples.

3.43.14. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP12

3.43.14.1. Additional parameter of 'Assignment set' in Transfer Time from OTL to


BEE
In this release, new parameter of Assignment Set is included in ‘Transfer time from OTL
to BEE’ concurrent process. This enables users to process people belonging to the
associated assignment set and can move timecards to payroll assignment set wise.

3.43.14.2. Retrieval Dashboard and Timecard Status Dashboard- Export to all


formats
Prior to this release, in retrieval dashboard and timecard status dashboard timecards can
be exported to PDF format only. In this release, timecards can be exported to HTML or
RTF or EXCEL along with PDF format.

3.43.14.3. Option to set Timecard Lock Expiry


In this release, a profile is provided to control the time duration (in minutes) that the
application locks the timecard and timecard period during timecard creation, approval
and retrieval processes. Setting the profile option allows the user to set the lock expiry
time in minutes against the default 30 minutes lock.
Access to Timecard Review from Timecard Status Dashboard
In this release, ability is provided for supervisors to access the timecard details from
Timecard Status dashboard. A new icon for Timecard details is provided against each
timecard, clicking on this icon open the timecard details in a new page.

3.43.14.4. Retrieval Dashboard - List Missing timecards


In this release, functionality is provided for Administrators running Retrieval dashboard
to list a possibly missing timecards in the Pre Retrieval tab. Along with a list of possibly
missing timecards, functionality is also provided to submit missing timecard report from
the Pre Retrieval tab to get a complete list of ‘Not Entered’ timecards.

3.43.14.5. Projects Time cards - Rollback/Reconciliation


In this release a new function ‘Rollback Timecards from Projects Accounting’ and
concurrent program ‘OTL: Rollback Timecards from Projects Accounting’ is provided to

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 163
initiate a Rollback of Timecards processed to Projects. The requests can be run in
Validate only mode (without committing the rollback) and in Validate and Execute mode
(with committing the rollback).

3.43.14.6. Auto Generate Time cards based on templates


In this release a new program “OTL: Generate Timecards based on Template” is
provided to create timecards for a list of employees or contingent workers based on Static
or Dynamic templates. It enables administrators to create large sets of timecards based
on available public templates.

3.43.15. Release 12.2 HRMS RUP13

3.43.15.1. Enhanced Retrieval Dashboard

In this release, Retrieval Dashboard functionality is enhanced for Time Accounting Rules
Evaluation, with new pages for Time Accounting Summary, Analyze Time Periods,
Compare Time periods, Requests Manually, and View requests. The Time Accounting
Summary page displays summary of OTLR data such as number of batches or retro
batches created and what status they are in. Users also have option to initiate Transfer to
BEE, Rollback from BEE, Transfer to Project accounting, and Rollback OTLR timecards
from Projects Accounting. On the Analyze Time Periods page, users can compare the
data for the current time period with the last 11 time periods. On the Compare Time
Periods Page, users can compare the data from a payroll and time period with other
payroll and time periods. Users can now initiate processes related to OTL, especially all
transfers and roll back programs, from the Request Manually page. All concurrent
programs that are launched from the dashboard can be viewed on the View
Request page.

3.43.15.2. Time Entry Upload


Before this release, Timecard Export or Import functionality has a limitation of importing
or exporting a single timecard. Now users can upload a group of time entries pertaining to
one or more employees in a flat mode so that mass upload of timecards can be done.

3.44. Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite

3.44.1. Overview
Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite empowers users to quickly
capture time worked while on the go, with minimal data entry. Accelerate your
productivity using Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite app.
Employees and contractors can:

- Capture time entries for Oracle Payroll and Oracle Projects applications
- Submit, view, and enter timecards while on the go
- Enter timecards in Quick Time or Regular Time modes

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 164
- Aggregate day-wise entries into timecard periods
- Use the support for repeating time entry for multiple days feature

Oracle Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite iPhone application is compatible with
Oracle E-Business Suite 12.1.3, 12.2.3, and above. To use this app, you must be a
user of Oracle Time and Labor, with mobile services configured on the server side
by your administrator. For information on how to configure mobile services on the
server and for app-specific information, see My Oracle Support Note 1641772.1 at
https://support.oracle.com

Note: Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite is available in the following
languages: Brazilian Portuguese, Canadian French, Dutch, English, French, German,
Italian, Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, and Spanish.

3.44.2. Mobile Release 1.0 – Client Version 1.0.0

3.44.2.1. Initial Release


Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite empowers users to quickly capture
time worked while on the go, with minimal data entry. Accelerate your productivity using
Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite from your smartphone.
You can:
• Capture time entries for Oracle Payroll and Oracle Projects applications.
• Submit, view, and enter timecards while on the go.
• Enter timecards in Quick Time or Regular Time modes.
• Aggregates day-wise entries into timecard periods.

3.44.3. Mobile Release 2.1 – Client Version 1.1.0

3.44.3.1. Mobile Foundation Release 2.1 Updates


• Improvements in login and configuration flow
• Ability to change server URL without reinstalling app
• Diagnostics improvements

3.44.4. Mobile Release 3.0 – Client Version 1.2.0

3.44.4.1. Mobile Foundation Release 3.0 Updates


• Changes to support both iOS and Android with the same client code
• Ability to update server URL from Connection Details page

3.44.5. Mobile Release 4.0 – Client Version 1.3.0

3.44.5.1. Repeat time entry


The application now supports repeating time entry for multiple days

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 165
3.44.5.2. Timecard comments
Comments can now be added to the timecard.

3.44.5.3. Layout Enhancement


The timecard layout has been enhanced for a better look and feel. This includes the
addition of standard LOV useage.

3.44.5.4. Translation Support


Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite is available in the following
languages:
Brazilian Portuguese, Canadian French, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian,
Japanese, Latin American Spanish, Simplified Chinese, Spanish.

3.44.5.5. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates


• Support for enterprise distribution
• Customization support for corporate branding
• Support for Web SSO authentication to delegate authentication to Oracle Access
Manager (OAM)

3.44.6. Mobile Release 5.0 - Client Version 1.4.0

3.44.6.1. Mobile Foundation Release 5.0 Updates


• User installation and usage metrics for administrators
• Updated look and feel for selected app interactions
• Uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF) 2.2.2

3.44.7. Mobile Release 6.0 – Client Version 1.5.0

3.44.7.1. Mobile Foundation Release 6.0 Updates


• Ability to open links to external websites within the app on Android devices
• Updated look and feel, including native look and feel for action sheets on iOS
devices
• Ability to easily clear user credential fields in the Sign In page
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.3.1

3.44.8. Mobile Release 7.0 – Client Version 1.6.0

3.44.8.1. Time Entry Comments


Users can now enter time entry level comments in time card.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 166
3.44.8.2. Mobile Foundation Release 7.0 Updates
• Ability to import custom CA or self-signed server certificates to standard apps
for TLS connections to Oracle E-Business Suite
• Ability to download the mobile app configuration automatically from the server
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.4.0
3.44.9. Mobile Release 8.0 – Client Version V.1.7.0

3.44.9.1. 3.48.8.1 Copy timecards


Employees can copy their earlier timecards to create a new timecard.

3.44.9.2. Mobile Foundation Release 8.0 Updates


• For apps installed through an Enterprise Mobility Management (EMM) solution's
app catalog, support for having the EBS Server URL preconfigured by an
administrator rather than requiring users to enter it after launching the app.
• Enhancement to prevent attachments viewed within the app from being shared
elsewhere on iOS devices.
• Technical updates with uptake of Oracle Mobile Application Framework (MAF)
2.5.0

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 167

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen